EP1244699A2 - Educational kit and method using tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene and protein - Google Patents

Educational kit and method using tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene and protein

Info

Publication number
EP1244699A2
EP1244699A2 EP00983853A EP00983853A EP1244699A2 EP 1244699 A2 EP1244699 A2 EP 1244699A2 EP 00983853 A EP00983853 A EP 00983853A EP 00983853 A EP00983853 A EP 00983853A EP 1244699 A2 EP1244699 A2 EP 1244699A2
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
ztsgl
gene
protein
polypeptide
amino acid
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Withdrawn
Application number
EP00983853A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
James L. Holloway
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Zymogenetics Inc
Original Assignee
Zymogenetics Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Zymogenetics Inc filed Critical Zymogenetics Inc
Publication of EP1244699A2 publication Critical patent/EP1244699A2/en
Withdrawn legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • C07K14/4701Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals not used
    • C07K14/4718Cytokine-induced proteins
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A01AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
    • A01KANIMAL HUSBANDRY; AVICULTURE; APICULTURE; PISCICULTURE; FISHING; REARING OR BREEDING ANIMALS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; NEW BREEDS OF ANIMALS
    • A01K2217/00Genetically modified animals
    • A01K2217/05Animals comprising random inserted nucleic acids (transgenic)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K48/00Medicinal preparations containing genetic material which is inserted into cells of the living body to treat genetic diseases; Gene therapy

Definitions

  • full-length cDNAs need to be provided to the students in educational kits for use in laboratory practica. Students can then use these full-length cDNAs to learn and practice to make expression vector, learn to transfect the cells and produce full-length protein.
  • the DNA that encodes the protein can also be used to teach Northern blot analysis to learn how to determine in which tissues the mRNA is produced. Having identified where the mRNA is expressed, the mRNA in the tissue can then be isolated and cDNA produced. The student can then learn how to make a cDNA library.
  • the novel polynucleotide can then be used to teach at student how to probe a cDNA library to determine which clone or clones contain the newly discovered polynucleotide.
  • the novel polynucleotide can also be used to teach chromosome localization.
  • a novel full-length protein can be used so the student can have practical learning experiences in protein purification procedures, protein re-folding when the protein is produced in prokaryotic host cells, and how to make both monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies.
  • Antibodies that bind to mature protein can also be used to learn how to make affinity purification columns, to do enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA).
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay
  • Hormones and polypeptide growth factors control proliferation, maintenance, survival and differentiation of cells of multicellular organisms. These diffusable molecules allow cells to communicate with each other and act in concert to form cells and organs, and to repair and regenerate damaged tissue.
  • hormones and growth factors include the steroid hormones (e.g. estrogen, testosterone), parathyroid hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, the interleukins, platelet derived growth factor (PDGF), epidermal growth factor (EGF), granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), erythropoietin (EPO) and calcitonin.
  • Proteins may be integral membrane proteins that are linked to signaling pathways within the cell, such as second messenger systems. Other classes of proteins are soluble molecules, such as the transcription factors.
  • cytokines molecules that promote the proliferation, maintenance, survival or differentiation of cells.
  • examples of cytokines include erythropoietin (EPO), which stimulates the development of red blood cells; thrombopoietin (TPO), which stimulates development of cells of the megakaryocyte lineage; and granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), which stimulates development of neutrophils.
  • EPO erythropoietin
  • TPO thrombopoietin
  • G-CSF granulocyte-colony stimulating factor
  • the present invention fills this need by providing for a novel tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene, designated "Ztsgl", which is particularly useful in the teaching of molecular biology.
  • the present invention also provides Ztsgl polypeptides and Ztsgl fusion proteins, as well as nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides and proteins.
  • the Ztsgl polypeptides are especially useful in the teaching of protein chemistry.
  • the Ztsgl polypeptide and the DNA that encodes the Ztsgl polypeptide are shown by SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2.
  • the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions that comprise such polypeptides, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention also provides isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode a Ztsgl polypeptide.
  • the present invention also provides vectors and expression vectors comprising such nucleic acid molecules, recombinant host cells comprising such vectors and expression vectors, and recombinant viruses comprising such expression vectors. These expression vectors and recombinant host cells can be used to prepare Ztsgl polypeptides.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of such an expression vector or recombinant virus.
  • such pharmaceutical compositions comprise a human Ztsgl gene, or a variant thereof.
  • the present invention further contemplates antibodies and antibody fragments that specifically bind with Ztsgl polypeptides.
  • Such antibodies include polyclonal antibodies, murine monoclonal antibodies, humanized antibodies derived from murine monoclonal antibodies, and human monoclonal antibodies.
  • Examples of antibody fragments include F(ab') 2 , F(ab) 2 , Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition units.
  • the present invention also provides methods for detecting the presence of
  • Ztsgl RNA in a biological sample comprising the steps of:
  • the presence of Ztsgl polypeptide in a biological sample can be detected by methods that comprise the steps of (a) contacting the biological sample with an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, wherein the contacting is performed under conditions that allow the binding of the antibody or antibody fragment to the biological sample, and (b) detecting any of the bound antibody or bound antibody fragment.
  • a kit for detection of Ztsgl polypeptide may comprise a container that comprises an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 2 - 13.
  • the present invention further includes methods for detecting an alteration in a chromosome containing Ztsgl.
  • Illustrative chromosomal aberrations at the Ztsgl gene locus include aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. These aberrations can occur within flanking sequences, including upstream promoter and regulatory regions, and can be manifested as physical alterations within a coding sequence or changes in gene expression level.
  • suitable assay methods include molecular genetic techniques known to those in the art, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing polymerase chain reaction techniques, ligation chain reaction, ribonuclease protection assays, use of single-nucleotide polymorphisms, protein truncation assays, and other genetic linkage techniques known in the art.
  • the present invention provides methods for diagnosing an alteration in the Ztsgl gene of an individual, comprising: (a) amplifying nucleic acid molecules that encode Ztsgl from RNA isolated from a biological sample of the individual, and (b) detecting a mutation in the amplified nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of a mutation indicates an alteration in the Ztsgl gene.
  • methods of detecting a chromosome abnormality in a subject comprise: (a) amplifying nucleic acid molecules that encode Ztsgl from RNA isolated from a biological sample of the subject, and (b) detecting a mutation in the amplified nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of a mutation indicates a chromosome abnormality.
  • the detecting step is performed by comparing the nucleotide sequence of the amplified nucleic acid molecules to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs:l.
  • the detecting step can be performed by fractionating the amplified nucleic acid molecules and control nucleic acid molecules that encode the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 2-13, and comparing the lengths of the fractionated amplified and control nucleic acid molecules.
  • Exemplary methods for amplification include polymerase chain reaction or reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction.
  • Administration of Ztsgl can be useful to stimulate the immune system.
  • Antibodies to Ztsgl can be administered to alleviate rheumatoid arthritis.
  • nucleic acid or “nucleic acid molecule” refers to polynucleotides, such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action.
  • Nucleic acid molecules can be composed of monomers that are naturally occurring nucleotides (such as DNA and RNA), or analogs of naturally occurring nucleotides (e.g., ⁇ -enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both.
  • Modified nucleotides can have alterations in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties.
  • Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters.
  • the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs.
  • modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well- known heterocyclic substitutes.
  • Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages.
  • nucleic acid molecule also includes so-called “peptide nucleic acids,” which comprise naturally occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone.
  • Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
  • nucleic acid molecule refers to a nucleic acid molecule having a complementary nucleotide sequence and reverse orientation as compared to a reference nucleotide sequence.
  • sequence 5' ATGCACGGG 3' is complementary to 5' CCCGTGCAT 3'.
  • the term "contig” denotes a nucleic acid molecule that has a contiguous stretch of identical or complementary sequence to another nucleic acid molecule. Contiguous sequences are said to "overlap" a given stretch of a nucleic acid molecule either in their entirety or along a partial stretch of the nucleic acid molecule.
  • the term "degenerate nucleotide sequence” denotes a sequence of nucleotides that includes one or more degenerate codons as compared to a reference nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide. Degenerate codons contain different triplets of nucleotides, but encode the same amino acid residue (i.e., GAU and GAC triplets each encode Asp).
  • structural gene refers to a nucleic acid molecule that is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA), which is then translated into a sequence of amino acids characteristic of a specific polypeptide.
  • isolated nucleic acid molecule is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism.
  • a DNA molecule that encodes a growth factor that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a cell is an isolated DNA molecule.
  • Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that has been isolated from a particular species is smaller than the complete DNA molecule of a chromosome from that species.
  • nucleic acid molecule construct is a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, that has been modified through human intervention to contain segments of nucleic acid combined and juxtaposed in an arrangement not existing in nature.
  • Linear DNA denotes non-circular DNA molecules having free 5' and 3' ends.
  • Linear DNA can be prepared from closed circular DNA molecules, such as plasmids, by enzymatic digestion or physical disruption.
  • cDNA complementary DNA
  • cDNA is a single-stranded DNA molecule that is formed from an mRNA template by the enzyme reverse transcriptase. Typically, a primer complementary to portions of mRNA is employed for the initiation of reverse transcription.
  • cDNA to refer to a double-stranded DNA molecule consisting of such a single-stranded DNA molecule and its complementary DNA strand.
  • the term “cDNA” also refers to a clone of a cDNA molecule synthesized from an
  • a “promoter” is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene.
  • a promoter is located in the 5' non-coding region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene.
  • Sequence elements within promoters that function in the initiation of transcription are often characterized by consensus nucleotide sequences. These promoter elements include RNA polymerase binding sites, TATA sequences, CAAT sequences, differentiation-specific elements [DSEs; McGehee et al., Mol. Endocrinol. 7:551 (1993)], cyclic AMP response elements (CREs), serum response elements [SREs; Treisman, Seminars in Cancer Biol.
  • CREs cyclic AMP response elements
  • GREs glucocorticoid response elements
  • binding sites for other transcription factors such as CRE/ATF [O'Reilly et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267: 19938 (1992)], AP2 (Ye et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:1511% (1994)), SP1, cAMP response element binding protein [CREB; Loeken, Gene Expr. 5:253 (1993)] and octamer factors (see, in general, Watson et al, eds., Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th ed. [The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. (1987), and Lemaigre and Rousseau, Biochem. J.
  • a promoter is an inducible promoter, then the rate of transcription increases in response to an inducing agent. In contrast, the rate of transcription is not regulated by an inducing agent if the promoter is a constitutive promoter. Repressible promoters are also known.
  • a “core promoter” contains essential nucleotide sequences for promoter function, including the TATA box and start of transcription. By this definition, a core promoter may or may not have detectable activity in the absence of specific sequences that may enhance the activity or confer tissue specific activity.
  • a “regulatory element” is a nucleotide sequence that modulates the activity of a core promoter.
  • a regulatory element may contain a nucleotide sequence that binds with cellular factors enabling transcription exclusively or preferentially in particular cells, tissues, or organelles. These types of regulatory elements are normally associated with genes that are expressed in a "cell-specific,” “tissue-specific,” or “organelle-specific” manner.
  • the Ztsgl regulatory element preferentially induces gene expression in pituitary, melanocyte, fetal heart or pregnant uterus.
  • An “enhancer” is a type of regulatory element that can increase the efficiency of transcription, regardless of the distance or orientation of the enhancer relative to the start site of transcription.
  • Heterologous DNA refers to a DNA molecule, or a population of DNA molecules, that does not exist naturally within a given host cell.
  • DNA molecules heterologous to a particular host cell may contain DNA derived from the host cell species (i.e., endogenous DNA) so long as that host DNA is combined with non-host DNA (i.e., exogenous DNA).
  • a DNA molecule containing a non-host DNA segment encoding a polypeptide operably linked to a host DNA segment comprising a transcription promoter is considered to be a heterologous DNA molecule.
  • a heterologous DNA molecule can comprise an endogenous gene operably linked with an exogenous promoter.
  • a DNA molecule comprising a gene derived from a wild-type cell is considered to be heterologous DNA if that DNA molecule is introduced into a mutant cell that lacks the wild-type gene.
  • a “polypeptide” is a polymer of amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds, whether produced naturally or synthetically. Polj ⁇ eptides of less than about 10 amino acid residues are commonly referred to as “peptides.”
  • a “protein” is a macromolecule comprising one or more polypeptide chains. A protein may also comprise non-peptidic components, such as carbohydrate groups. Carbohydrates and other non-peptidic substituents may be added to a protein by the cell in which the protein is produced, and will vary with the type of cell. Proteins are defined herein in terms of their amino acid backbone structures; substituents such as carbohydrate groups are generally not specified, but may be present nonetheless.
  • a peptide or polypeptide encoded by a non-host DNA molecule is a "heterologous" peptide or polypeptide.
  • an "integrated genetic element” is a segment of DNA that has been incorporated into a chromosome of a host cell after that element is introduced into the cell through human manipulation.
  • integrated genetic elements are most commonly derived from linearized plasmids that are introduced into the cells by electroporation or other techniques. Integrated genetic elements are passed from the original host cell to its progeny.
  • a "cloning vector” is a nucleic acid molecule such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage that has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell.
  • Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites that allow insertion of a nucleic acid molecule in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector.
  • Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance.
  • an “expression vector” is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell.
  • an expression vector comprises a transcription promoter, a gene, and a transcription terminator. Gene expression is usually placed under the control of a promoter, and such a gene is said to be “operably linked to” the promoter.
  • a regulatory element and a core promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the core promoter.
  • a “recombinant host” is a cell that contains a heterologous nucleic acid molecule, such as a cloning vector or expression vector.
  • a recombinant host is a cell that produces Ztsgl from an expression vector.
  • Ztsgl can be produced by a cell that is a "natural source" of Ztsgl, and that lacks an expression vector.
  • “Integrative transformants” are recombinant host cells, in which heterologous DNA has become integrated into the genomic DNA of the cells.
  • a “fusion protein” is a hybrid protein expressed by a nucleic acid molecule comprising nucleotide sequences of at least two genes.
  • a fusion protein can comprise at least part of an Ztsgl polypeptide fused with a polypeptide that binds an affinity matrix.
  • Such a fusion protein provides a means to isolate large quantities of Ztsgl using affinity chromatography.
  • Receptor denotes a cell-associated protein that binds to a bioactive molecule termed a "ligand.” This interaction mediates the effect of the ligand on the cell.
  • Receptors can be membrane bound, cytosolic or nuclear; monomeric (e.g., thyroid stimulating hormone receptor, beta-adrenergic receptor) or multimeric (e.g., PDGF receptor, growth hormone receptor, EL-3 receptor, GM-CSF receptor, G-CSF receptor, erythropoietin receptor and IL-6 receptor).
  • Membrane-bound receptors are characterized by a multi-domain structure comprising an extracellular ligand-binding domain and an intracellular effector domain that is typically involved in signal transduction.
  • the extracellular ligand-binding domain and the intracellular effector domain are located in separate polypeptides that comprise the complete functional receptor.
  • the binding of ligand to receptor results in a conformational change in the receptor that causes an interaction between the effector domain and other molecule(s) in the cell, which in turn leads to an alteration in the metabolism of the cell.
  • Metabolic events that are often linked to receptor-ligand interactions include gene transcription, phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, increases in cyclic AMP production, mobilization of cellular calcium, mobilization of membrane lipids, cell adhesion, hydrolysis of inositol lipids and hydrolysis of phospholipids.
  • secretory signal sequence denotes a DNA sequence that encodes a peptide (a "secretory peptide") that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized.
  • secretory peptide a DNA sequence that encodes a peptide that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized.
  • the larger polypeptide is commonly cleaved to remove the secretory peptide during transit through the secretory pathway.
  • isolated polypeptide is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature.
  • a preparation of isolated polypeptide contains the polypeptide in a highly purified form, i.e., at least about 80% pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, greater than 95% pure, or greater than 99% pure.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • amino-terminal or N-terminal and “carboxyl-terminal or C- terminal” are used herein to denote positions within polj ⁇ eptides. Where the context allows, these terms are used with reference to a particular sequence or portion of a polypeptide to denote proximity or relative position. For example, a certain sequence positioned carboxyl-terminal to a reference sequence within a polypeptide is located proximal to the carboxyl terminus of the reference sequence, but is not necessarily at the carboxyl terminus of the complete polypeptide.
  • expression refers to the biosynthesis of a gene product.
  • expression involves transcription of the structural gene into mRNA and the translation of mRNA into one or more polypeptides.
  • splice variant is used herein to denote alternative forms of RNA transcribed from a gene. Splice variation arises naturally through use of alternative splicing sites within a transcribed RNA molecule, or less commonly between separately transcribed RNA molecules, and may result in several mRNAs transcribed from the same gene. Splice variants may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term splice variant is also used herein to denote a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant of an mRNA transcribed from a gene.
  • immunomodulator includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, co-stimulatory molecules, hematopoietic factors, and synthetic analogs of these molecules.
  • complement/anti-complement pair denotes non-identical moieties that form a non-covalently associated, stable pair under appropriate conditions.
  • biotin and avidin are prototypical members of a complement/anti-complement pair.
  • Other exemplary complement/anti-complement pairs include receptor/ligand pairs, antibody/antigen (or hapten or epitope) pairs, sense/antisense polynucleotide pairs, and the like.
  • the complement/anti-complement pair preferably has a binding affinity of less than 10 9 M "1 .
  • an "anti-idiotype antibody” is an antibody that binds with the variable region domain of an immunoglobulin.
  • an anti-idiotype antibody binds with the variable region of an anti- Ztsgl -antibody, and thus, an anti-idiotype antibody mimics an epitope of Ztsgl.
  • an “antibody fragment” is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab') 2 , F(ab) 2 , Fab', Fab, and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, a Ztsgl monoclonal antibody fragment binds with an epitope of Ztsgl.
  • antibody fragment also includes a synthetic or a genetically engineered polypeptide that binds to a specific antigen, such as polypeptides consisting of the light chain variable region, "Fv” fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker (“scFv proteins”), and minimal recognition units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
  • scFv proteins peptide linker
  • a “chimeric antibody” is a recombinant protein that contains the variable domains and complementary determining regions derived from a rodent antibody, while the remainder of the antibody molecule is derived from a human antibody.
  • “Humanized antibodies” are recombinant proteins in which murine complementarity determining regions of a monoclonal antibody have been transferred from heavy and light variable chains of the murine immunoglobulin into a human variable domain.
  • a "therapeutic agent” is a molecule or atom that is conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a conjugate, which is useful for therapy.
  • therapeutic agents include drugs, toxins, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents or dyes, and radioisotopes.
  • detectable label is a molecule or atom, which can be conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a molecule useful for diagnosis.
  • detectable labels include chelators, photoactive agents, radioisotopes, fluorescent agents, paramagnetic ions, or other marker moieties.
  • affinity tag is used herein to denote a polypeptide segment that can be attached to a second polypeptide to provide for purification or detection of the second polypeptide or provide sites for attachment of the second polypeptide to a substrate.
  • Affinity tags include a poly- histidine tract, protein A [Nilsson et al, EMBO J. 4:1075 (1985); Nilsson et al, Methods Enzymol. 198:3 (1991)], glutathione S transferase [Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31 (1988)], Glu-Glu affinity tag [Grussenmeyer et al, Proc.
  • a "naked antibody” is an entire antibody, as opposed to an antibody fragment, which is not conjugated with a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies include both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as well as certain recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies.
  • antibody component includes both an entire antibody and an antibody fragment.
  • immunoconjugate is a conjugate of an antibody component with a therapeutic agent or a detectable label.
  • antibody fusion protein refers to a recombinant molecule that comprises an antibody component and a therapeutic agent.
  • therapeutic agents suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators ("antibody-immunomodulator fusion protein”) and toxins (“antibody-toxin fusion protein”).
  • tumor associated antigen is a protein normally not expressed, or expressed at lower levels, by a normal counterpart cell.
  • tumor-associated antigens include alpha-fetoprotein, carcinoembryonic antigen, and Her-2/neu. See Urban et al, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 10:611 (1992).
  • an "infectious agent” denotes both microbes and parasites.
  • a “microbe” includes viruses, bacteria, rickettsia, mycoplasma, protozoa, fungi and like microorganisms.
  • a “parasite” denotes infectious, generally microscopic or very small multicellular invertebrates, or ova or juvenile forms thereof, which are susceptible to immune-mediated clearance or lytic or phagocytic destruction, such as malarial parasites, spirochetes, and the like.
  • infectious agent antigen is an antigen associated with an infectious agent.
  • a “target polypeptide” or a “target peptide” is an amino acid sequence that comprises at least one epitope, and that is expressed on a target cell, such as a tumor cell, or a cell that carries an infectious agent antigen.
  • T cells recognize peptide epitopes presented by a major histocompatibility complex molecule to a target polypeptide or target peptide and typically lyse the target cell or recruit other immune cells to the site of the target cell, thereby killing the target cell.
  • An “antigenic peptide” is a peptide that will bind a major histocompatibility complex molecule to form an MHC-peptide complex, which is recognized by a T cell, thereby inducing a cytotoxic lymphocyte response upon presentation to the T cell.
  • antigenic peptides are capable of binding to an appropriate major histocompatibility complex molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cells response, such as cell lysis or specific cytokine release against the target cell that binds or expresses the antigen.
  • the antigenic peptide can be bound in the context of a class I or class II major histocompatibility complex molecule, on an antigen presenting cell or on a target cell.
  • RNA polymerase ⁇ catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA.
  • a nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary ' to that of a specific mRNA.
  • the RNA transcript is termed an "anti- sense RNA” and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene.”
  • Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation.
  • an "anti-sense oligonucleotide specific for Ztsgl” or an “Ztsgl anti-sense oligonucleotide” is an oligonucleotide having a sequence (a) capable of forming a stable triplex with a portion of the Ztsgl gene, or (b) capable of forming a stable duplex with a portion of an mRNA transcript of the Ztsgl gene.
  • a "ribozyme” is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center.
  • the term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene.”
  • an “external guide sequence” is a nucleic acid molecule that directs the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, resulting in the cleavage of the mRNA by RNase P.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that encodes an external guide sequence is termed an "external guide sequence gene.”
  • variant human Ztsgl gene refers to nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is a modification of SEQ ID NO: 2. Such variants include naturally-occurring polymorphisms of Ztsgl genes, as well as synthetic genes that contain conservative amino acid substitutions of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2. Additional variant forms of Ztsgl genes are nucleic acid molecules that contain insertions or deletions of the nucleotide sequences described herein. A variant Ztsgl gene can be identified by determining whether the gene hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , or its complement, under stringent conditions.
  • variant Ztsgl genes can be identified by sequence comparison. Two amino acid sequences have "100% amino acid sequence identity” if the amino acid residues of the two amino acid sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Similarly, two nucleotide sequences have "100% nucleotide sequence identity” if the nucleotide residues of the two nucleotide sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Sequence comparisons can be performed using standard software programs such as those included in the LASERGENE bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin).
  • a variant gene or polypeptide encoded by a variant gene is functionally characterized by its ability to bind specifically to an anti-Ztsgl antibody.
  • allelic variant is used herein to denote any of two or more alternative forms of a gene occupying the same chromosomal locus. Allelic variation arises naturally through mutation, and may result in phenotypic polymorphism within populations. Gene mutations can be silent (no change in the encoded polypeptide) or may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence.
  • ortholog denotes a polypeptide or protein obtained from one species that is the functional counterpart of a polypeptide or protein from a different species. Sequence differences among orthologs are the result of speciation.
  • Parenters are distinct but structurally related proteins made by an organism. Paralogs are believed to arise through gene duplication. For example, - globin, ⁇ -globin, and myoglobin are paralogs of each other.
  • Ztsgl is a protein expressed from a tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene.
  • TSG-6 is a hyaluronate binding protein
  • TSG-6 has been detected in the synovial fluids from individuals with arthritis, but is not present in normal, non-inflamed synovial fluid. It was found to be constitutively expressed in synoviocytes from rheumatoid arthritis patients.
  • Ztsgl can be used, like TSG-6, as a marker in arthritis and antibodies to Ztsgl can be used to treat rheumatoid arthritis patients. See Kohda, D., et al. Cell 86:161-115 (1996). Production of the Human Ztsgl Gene
  • Nucleic acid molecules encoding a human Ztsgl gene can be obtained by screening a human cDNA or genomic library using polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO: 1. These techniques are standard and well established.
  • a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a human Ztsgl gene can be isolated from a human cDNA library.
  • the first step would be to prepare the cDNA library by isolating RNA from pancreas islets using methods well known to those of skill in the art.
  • RNA isolation techniques must provide a method for breaking cells, a means of inhibiting RNase-directed degradation of RNA, and a method of separating RNA from DNA, protein, and polysaccharide contaminants.
  • total RNA can be isolated by freezing tissue in liquid nitrogen, grinding the frozen tissue with a mortar and pestle to lyse the cells, extracting the ground tissue with a solution of phenol/chloroform to remove proteins, and separating RNA from the remaining impurities by selective precipitation with lithium chloride.
  • Ausubel et al eds.
  • Short Protocols in Molecular Biology 3 rd Edition, pages 4-1 to 4-6 (John Wiley & Sons 1995) ["Ausubel (1995)”]
  • Wu et al Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 33-41 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997) ["Wu (1997)”].
  • total RNA can be isolated from pancreatic islet tissue by extracting ground tissue with guanidinium isothiocyanate, extracting with organic solvents, and separating RNA from contaminants using differential centrifugation. See Chirgwin et al, Biochemistry 18:51 (1979); and Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-6; Wu (1997) at pages 33-41.
  • poly(A) + RNA In order to construct a cDNA library, poly(A) + RNA must be isolated from a total RNA preparation. Poly(A) + RNA can be isolated from total RNA using the standard technique of oligo(dT)-cellulose chromatography (see, for example, Aviv and Leder, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 69:1408 (1972); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-11 to 4-12).
  • Double-stranded cDNA molecules are synthesized from poly(A) + RNA using techniques well known to those in the art. See, for example, Wu (1997) at pages 41-46.
  • commercially available kits can be used to synthesize double-stranded cDNA molecules.
  • such kits are available from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Promega Corporation (Madison, WI) and STRATAGENE (La Jolla, CA).
  • a cDNA library can be prepared in a vector derived from bacteriophage, such as a ⁇ gtlO vector. See, for example, Huynh et al, "Constructing and Screening cDNA Libraries in ⁇ gtlO and ⁇ gtl 1," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach Vol I, Glover (ed.), page 49 (IRL Press, 1985); Wu (1997) at pages 47-52.
  • double-stranded cDNA molecules can be inserted into a plasmid vector, such as a pBLUESCRIPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Corp.) or other commercially available vectors.
  • a plasmid vector such as a pBLUESCRIPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Corp.) or other commercially available vectors.
  • Suitable cloning vectors also can be obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
  • the cDNA library is inserted into a prokaryotic host, using standard techniques.
  • a cDNA library can be introduced into competent E. coli DH5 cells, which can be obtained, for example, from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD).
  • a human genomic library can be prepared by means well known in the art [see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327].
  • Genomic DNA can be isolated by lysing tissue with the detergent Sarkosyl, digesting the lysate with proteinase K, clearing insoluble debris from the lysate by centrifugation, precipitating nucleic acid from the lysate using isopropanol, and purifying resuspended DNA on a cesium chloride density gradient.
  • DNA fragments that are suitable for the production of a genomic library can be obtained by the random shearing of genomic DNA or by the partial digestion of genomic DNA with restriction endonucleases.
  • Genomic DNA fragments can be inserted into a vector, such as a bacteriophage or cosmid vector, in accordance with conventional techniques, such as the use of restriction enzyme digestion to provide appropriate termini, the use of alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining of DNA molecules, and ligation with appropriate ligases. Techniques for such manipulation are well known in the art. See, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327.
  • Nucleic acid molecules that encode a human Ztsgl gene can also be obtained using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with oligonucleotide primers having nucleotide sequences that are based upon the nucleotide sequences of the human Ztsgl gene, as described herein.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • General methods for screening libraries with PCR are provided by, for example, Yu et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Screen
  • a library containing cDNA or genomic clones can be screened with one or more polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO: 1 , using standard methods (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-1 to 6-11).
  • Anti-Ztsgl antibodies produced as described below, can also be used to isolate DNA sequences that encode human Ztsgl genes from cDNA libraries.
  • the antibodies can be used to screen ⁇ gtl 1 expression libraries, or the antibodies can be used for immunoscreening following hybrid selection and translation [see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-12 to 6-16; Margolis et al, "Screening ⁇ expression libraries with antibody and protein probes," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 1-14 (Oxford University Press 1995)].
  • a Ztsgl gene can be obtained by synthesizing nucleic acid molecules using mutually priming long oligonucleotides and the nucleotide sequences described herein (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-8 to 8-9).
  • Established techniques using the polymerase chain reaction provide the ability to synthesize DNA molecules at least two kilobases in length (Adang et al, Plant Molec. Biol.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can also be synthesized with "DNA synthesizers" using protocols such as the phosphoramidite method. If chemically synthesized double stranded DNA is required for an application such as the synthesis of a gene or a gene fragment, then each complementary strand is made separately.
  • the production of short genes 60 to 80 base pairs is technically straightforward and can be accomplished by synthesizing the complementary strands and then annealing them. For the production of longer genes (>300 base pairs), however, special strategies may be required, because the coupling efficiency of each cycle during chemical DNA synthesis is seldom 100%.
  • synthetic genes are assembled in modular form from single-stranded fragments that are from 20 to 100 nucleotides in length.
  • One method for building a synthetic gene requires the initial production of a set of overlapping, complementary oligonucleotides, each of which is between 20 to 60 nucleotides long. The sequences of the strands are planned so that, after annealing, the two end segments of the gene are aligned to give blunt ends.
  • Each internal section of the gene has complementary 3' and 5' terminal extensions that are designed to base pair precisely with an adjacent section.
  • synthetic genes can be designed with terminal sequences that facilitate insertion into a restriction endonuclease sites of a cloning vector and other sequences should also be added that contain signals for the proper initiation and termination of transcription and translation.
  • An alternative way to prepare a full-size gene is to synthesize a specified set of overlapping oligonucleotides (40 to 100 nucleotides). After the 3' and 5' extensions (6 to 10 nucleotides) are annealed, large gaps still remain, but the base-paired regions are both long enough and stable enough to hold the structure together. The duplex is completed and the gaps filled by enzymatic DNA synthesis with E. coli DNA polymerase I.
  • This enzyme uses the 3 '-hydroxyl groups as replication initiation points and the single-stranded regions as templates. After the enzymatic synthesis is completed, the nicks are sealed with T4 DNA ligase.
  • the complete gene sequence is usually assembled from double-stranded fragments that are each put together by joining four to six overlapping oligonucleotides (20 to 60 base pairs each). If there is a sufficient amount of the double-stranded fragments after each synthesis and annealing step, they are simply joined to one another. Otherwise, each fragment is cloned into a vector to amplify the amount of DNA available. In both cases, the double-stranded constructs are sequentially linked to one another to form the entire gene sequence.
  • the sequence of a Ztsgl cDNA or Ztsgl genomic fragment can be determined using standard methods. Moreover, the identification of genomic fragments containing a Ztsgl promoter or regulatory element can be achieved using well- established techniques, such as deletion analysis. See, generally, Ausubel (1995).
  • Cloning of 5' flanking sequences also facilitates production of Ztsgl proteins by "gene activation," following the methods disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,670. Briefly, expression of an endogenous Ztsgl gene in a cell is altered by introducing into the Ztsgl locus a DNA construct comprising at least a targeting sequence, a regulatory sequence, an exon, and an unpaired splice donor site.
  • the targeting sequence is a Ztsgl 5' non-coding sequence that permits homologous recombination of the construct with the endogenous Ztsgl locus, wherein the sequences within the construct become operably linked with the endogenous Ztsgl coding sequence.
  • an endogenous Ztsgl promoter can be replaced or supplemented with other regulatory sequences to provide enhanced, tissue-specific, or otherwise regulated expression.
  • the present invention provides a variety of nucleic acid molecules including DNA and RNA molecules that encode the Ztsgl polypeptides disclosed herein. Those skilled in the art will readily recognize that, in view of the degeneracy of the genetic code, considerable sequence variation is possible among these polynucleotide molecules.
  • preferential codon usage or "preferential codons” is a term of art referring to protein translation codons that are most frequently used in cells of a certain species, thus favoring one or a few representatives of the possible codons encoding each amino acid.
  • the amino acid Threonine (Thr) may be encoded by ACA, ACC, ACG, or ACT, but in mammalian cells ACC is the most commonly used codon; in other species, for example, insect cells, yeast, viruses or bacteria, different Thr codons may be preferential.
  • Preferential codons for a particular species can be introduced into the polynucleotides of the present invention by a variety of methods known in the art. Introduction of preferential codon sequences into recombinant DNA can, for example, enhance production of the protein by making protein translation more efficient within a particular cell type or species.
  • the present invention further provides variant polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that represent counterparts from other species (orthologs). These species include, but are not limited to mammalian, avian, amphibian, reptile, fish, insect and other vertebrate and invertebrate species. Of particular interest are Ztsgl polypeptides from other mammalian species, including murine, porcine, ovine, bovine, canine, feline, equine, and other primate polypeptides. Orthologs of human Ztsgl can be cloned using information and compositions provided by the present invention in combination with conventional cloning techniques.
  • a cDNA can be cloned using mRNA obtained from a tissue or cell type that expresses Ztsgl as disclosed herein. Suitable sources of mRNA can be identified by probing northern blots with probes designed from the sequences disclosed herein. A library is then prepared from mRNA of a positive tissue or cell line.
  • a Ztsgl -encoding cDNA can be isolated by a variety of methods, such as by probing with a complete or partial human cDNA or with one or more sets of degenerate probes based on the disclosed sequences.
  • a cDNA can also be cloned using the polymerase chain reaction with primers designed from the representative human
  • the cDNA library can be used to transform or transfect host cells, and expression of the cDNA of interest can be detected with an antibody to Ztsgl polypeptide. Similar techniques can also be applied to the isolation of genomic clones, and to the isolation of nucleic molecules that encode murine Ztsgl.
  • SEQ ID NO: 1 represents a single allele of human Ztsgl, and that allelic variation and alternative splicing are expected to occur. Allelic variants of this sequence can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals according to standard procedures. Allelic variants of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, including those containing silent mutations and those in which mutations result in amino acid sequence changes, are within the scope of the present invention, as are proteins which are allelic variants of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • cDNA molecules generated from alternatively spliced mRNAs, which retain the properties of the Ztsgl polypeptide are included within the scope of the present invention, as are polypeptides encoded by such cDNAs and mRNAs.
  • Allelic variants and splice variants of these sequences can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals or tissues according to standard procedures known in the art.
  • isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode human Ztsgl can hybridize to nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a sequence complementary thereto, under "stringent conditions.”
  • stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (T m ) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH.
  • T m is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encoding a variant Ztsgl polypeptide can be hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) at 42°C overnight in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone, and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin), 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 ⁇ g/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA.
  • 5xSSC lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate
  • 50 mM sodium phosphate pH 7.6
  • 5x Denhardt's solution lOO
  • hybridization mixture can be incubated at a higher temperature, such as about 65°C, in a solution that does not contain formamide.
  • a higher temperature such as about 65°C
  • premixed hybridization solutions are available (e.g., EXPRESSHYB Hybridization Solution from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.), and hybridization can be performed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • nucleic acid molecules can be washed to remove non-hybridized nucleic acid molecules under stringent conditions, or under highly stringent conditions.
  • Typical stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1 % sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 55 - 65°C.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Ztsgl polypeptide hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
  • wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
  • SSPE for SSC in the wash solution.
  • Typical highly stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 50 - 65°C.
  • SDS sodium dodecyl sulfate
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Ztsgl polypeptide hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, including O.lx SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50°C, or 0.2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
  • the present invention also provides isolated Ztsgl polypeptides that have a substantially similar sequence identity to the polypeptides of SEQ ID NO:2 or its orthologs.
  • substantially similar sequence identity is used herein to denote polypeptides having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:2 or its orthologs.
  • the present invention also contemplates Ztsgl variant nucleic acid molecules that can be identified using two criteria: a determination of the similarity between the encoded polypeptide with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and a hybridization assay, as described above.
  • Such Ztsgl variants include nucleic acid molecules (1) that hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 2.
  • Ztsgl variants can be characterized as nucleic acid molecules (1) that hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • the present invention also contemplates human Ztsgl variant nucleic acid molecules identified by at least one of hybridization analysis and sequence identity determination, with reference to SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • Percent sequence identity is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al, Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 89: 10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1, and the "BLOSUM 62" scoring matrix of Henikoff and Henikoff (ibid.) as shown in Table 1 (amino acids are indicated by the standard one-letter codes). The percent identity is then calculated as: ([Total number of identical matches]/ [length of the longer sequence plus the number of gaps introduced into the longer sequence in order to align the two sequences])(100).
  • the "FASTA" similarity search algorithm of Pearson and Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative Ztsgl variant.
  • the FASTA algorithm is described by Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 85:1444 (1988), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol 183:63 (1990).
  • the ten regions with the highest density of identities are then re-scored by comparing the similarity of all paired amino acids using an amino acid substitution matrix, and the ends of the regions are "trimmed" to include only those residues that contribute to the highest score.
  • the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps.
  • the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch-Sellers algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol Biol. 48:444 (1970); Sellers, SI AM J. Appl Math. 26:1&1 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions.
  • FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above.
  • the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from three to six, most preferably three, with other parameters set as described above.
  • the present invention includes nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having a conservative amino acid change, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • variants can be obtained that contain one or more amino acid substitutions of SEQ ID NO: 2, in which an alkyl amino acid is substituted for an alkyl amino acid in an Ztsgl amino acid sequence, an aromatic amino acid is substituted for an aromatic amino acid in an Ztsgl amino acid sequence, a sulfur- containing amino acid is substituted for a sulfur-containing amino acid in an Ztsgl amino acid sequence, a hydroxy-containing amino acid is substituted for a hydroxy- containing amino acid in an Ztsgl amino acid sequence, an acidic amino acid is substituted for an acidic amino acid in a Ztsgl amino acid sequence, a basic amino acid is substituted for a basic amino acid in a Ztsgl amino acid sequence, or a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid is substituted for a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid in an Ztsgl amino acid sequence.
  • a “conservative amino acid substitution” is illustrated by a substitution among amino acids within each of the following groups: (1) glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine, (2) phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, (3) serine and threonine, (4) aspartate and glutamate, (5) glutamine and asparagine, and (6) lysine, arginine and histidine.
  • the BLOSUM62 table is an amino acid substitution matrix derived from about 2,000 local multiple alignments of protein sequence segments, representing highly conserved regions of more than 500 groups of related proteins [Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 89:10915 (1992)]. Accordingly, the BLOSUM62 substitution frequencies can be used to define conservative amino acid substitutions that may be introduced into the amino acid sequences of the present invention. Although it is possible to design amino acid substitutions based solely upon chemical properties (as discussed above), the language "conservative amino acid substitution” preferably refers to a substitution represented by a BLOSUM62 value of greater than -1. For example, an amino acid substitution is conservative if the substitution is characterized by a
  • preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3), while more preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 2 (e.g., 1 or 3).
  • Particular variants of human Ztsgl are characterized by having at least
  • amino acid sequence identity to the corresponding human (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 2) amino acid sequences, wherein the variation in amino acid sequence is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions.
  • Conservative amino acid changes in an Ztsgl gene can be introduced by substituting nucleotides for the nucleotides recited in SEQ ID NO: 1.
  • Such “conservative amino acid” variants can be obtained, for example, by oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis, linker-scanning mutagenesis, mutagenesis using the polymerase chain reaction, and the like [see Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-10 to 8-22; and McPherson (ed.), Directed Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 1991)].
  • the ability of such variants to promote anti-viral or anti-proliferative activity can be determined using a standard method, such as the assay described herein.
  • a variant Ztsgl polypeptide can be identified by the ability to specifically bind anti- Ztsgl antibodies.
  • the proteins of the present invention can also comprise non-naturally occurring amino acid residues.
  • Non-naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, tr ns-3-methylproline, 2,4-methanoproline, c/s-4-hydroxyproline, trans-4- hydroxyproline, N-methylglycine, ⁇ Z/o-threonine, methylthreonine, hydroxyethylcysteine, hydroxyethylhomocysteine, nitroglutamine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, thiazolidine carboxylic acid, dehydroproline, 3- and 4-methylproline, 3,3-dimethylproline, tert-leucine, norvaline, 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4- azaphenylalanine, and 4-fluorophenylalanine.
  • a second method translation is carried out in Xenopus oocytes by microinjection of mutated mR ⁇ A and chemically aminoacylated suppressor tR ⁇ As [Turcatti et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:19991 (1996)].
  • E. coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s)
  • non-naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the protein in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al, Biochem. 33:1410 (1994). Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non-naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site-directed mutagenesis to further expand the range of substitutions [Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395 (1993)].
  • a limited number of non-conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for Ztsgl amino acid residues.
  • Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis [Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081 (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 88:449% (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site- Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering,” in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-311 (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)].
  • sequence analysis can also identify motifs that reside within human Ztsgl polypeptides. Although sequence analysis can be used to identify Ztsgl ligand binding sites, the location of Ztsgl ligand binding domains can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids.
  • Ztsgl labeled with biotin or FITC can be used for expression cloning of Ztsgl ligand.
  • Variants of the disclosed Ztsgl nucleotide and polypeptide sequences can also be generated through DNA shuffling as disclosed by Stemmer, Nature 570:389
  • variant DNAs are generated by in vitro homologous recombination by random fragmentation of a parent DNA followed by reassembly using PCR, resulting in randomly introduced point mutations.
  • This technique can be modified by using a family of parent DNAs, such as allelic variants or DNAs from different species, to introduce additional variability into the process. Selection or screening for the desired activity, followed by additional iterations of mutagenesis and assay provides for rapid "evolution" of sequences by selecting for desirable mutations while simultaneously selecting against detrimental changes.
  • Mutagenesis methods as disclosed herein can be combined with high- throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides in host cells.
  • Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode biologically active polypeptides, or polypeptides that bind with anti-Ztsgl antibodies can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using modern equipment. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide of interest, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure.
  • the present invention also includes "functional fragments" of Ztsgl polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding such functional fragments.
  • Routine deletion analyses of nucleic acid molecules can be performed to obtain functional fragments of a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a Ztsgl polypeptide.
  • DNA molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 can be digested with Bal3l nuclease to obtain a series of nested deletions.
  • exonuclease digestion is to use oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis to introduce deletions or stop codons to specify production of a desired fragment.
  • particular fragments of a Ztsgl gene can be synthesized using the polymerase chain reaction.
  • the present invention also contemplates functional fragments of a Ztsgl gene that has amino acid changes, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
  • An alternative approach to identifying a variant gene on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant Ztsgl gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, as discussed above.
  • the present invention also provides polypeptide fragments or peptides comprising an epitope-bearing portion of a Ztsgl polypeptide described herein.
  • Such fragments or peptides may comprise an "immunogenic epitope," which is a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the entire protein is used as an immunogen.
  • Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides can be identified using standard methods [see, for example, Geysen et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci.
  • Examples of such epitopes are a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residues 2, a lysine to and including amino acid residue 56, a lysine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:3; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 43, an asparagine, to and including amino acid residue 93, a tyrosine, of SEQ ID NO:2, also defined by SEQ ID NO:4; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 86, an asparagine, to and including amino acid residue 144, an aspartic acid, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:5; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 142, a serine, to and including amino acid residue 190, a threonine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:6; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 179, an arginine, to and including amino acid residue 225
  • polypeptide fragments or peptides may comprise an "antigenic epitope," which is a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can specifically bind.
  • Certain epitopes consist of a linear or contiguous stretch of amino acids, and the antigenicity of such an epitope is not disrupted by denaturing agents. It is known in the art that relatively short synthetic peptides that can mimic epitopes of a protein can be used to stimulate the production of antibodies against the protein. See Sutcliffe et al, Science 219:660 (1983). Accordingly, antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to raise antibodies that bind with the polypeptides described herein.
  • Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides preferably contain at least four to ten amino acids, at least ten to fifteen amino acids, or about 15 to about 30 or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • Such epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can be produced by fragmenting a Ztsgl polypeptide, or by chemical peptide synthesis, as described herein.
  • epitopes can be selected by phage display of random peptide libraries (see, for example, Lane and Stephen, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 5:268 (1993), and Cortese et al, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 7:616 (1996)).
  • the gene encodes a polypeptide that is characterized by its ability to bind specifically to an anti-Ztsgl antibody.
  • the present invention includes a computer-readable medium encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ID NOs: 1-13.
  • a computer-readable medium can be encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:2.
  • Suitable forms of computer-readable media include magnetic media and optically readable media.
  • Examples of magnetic media include a hard or fixed drive, a random access memory (RAM) chip, a floppy disk, digital linear tape (DLT), a disk cache, and a ZIP disk.
  • Optically readable media are exemplified by compact discs (e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-re-writable (RW), and CD-recordable), and digital versatile/video discs (DVD) (e.g., DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, and DVD+RW).
  • Fusion proteins of Ztsgl can be used to express Ztsgl in a recombinant host, and to isolate expressed Ztsgl. As described below, particular Ztsgl fusion proteins also have uses in diagnosis and therapy.
  • One type of fusion protein comprises a peptide that guides a Ztsgl polypeptide from a recombinant host cell.
  • a secretory signal sequence also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence
  • Ztsgl expression vector also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence
  • secretory signal sequence may be derived from Ztsgl
  • a suitable signal sequence may also be derived from another secreted protein or synthesized de novo.
  • the secretory signal sequence is operably linked to a Ztsgl -encoding sequence such that the two sequences are joined in the correct reading frame and positioned to direct the newly synthesized polypeptide into the secretory pathway of the host cell.
  • Secretory signal sequences are commonly positioned 5' to the nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, although certain secretory signal sequences may be positioned elsewhere in the nucleotide sequence of interest (see, e.g., Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743; Holland et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,143,830).
  • yeast signal sequence is preferred for expression in yeast cells.
  • suitable yeast signal sequences are those derived from yeast mating pheromone ⁇ -factor (encoded by the MF l gene), invertase (encoded by the SUC2 gene), or acid phosphatase (encoded by the PH05 gene).
  • Ztsgl can be expressed as a fusion protein comprising a glutathione S-transferase polypeptide.
  • Glutathione S-transferase fusion proteins are typically soluble, and easily purifiable from E. coli lysates on immobilized glutathione columns.
  • a Ztsgl fusion protein comprising a maltose binding protein polypeptide can be isolated with an amylose resin column, while a fusion protein comprising the C-terminal end of a truncated Protein A gene can be purified using IgG-Sepharose.
  • Established techniques for expressing a heterologous polypeptide as a fusion protein in a bacterial cell are described, for example, by
  • Madison, WI provides a method for isolating a fusion protein comprising a polypeptide that becomes biotinylated during expression with a resin that comprises avidin.
  • Peptide tags that are useful for isolating heterologous polypeptides expressed by either prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells include polyHistidine tags (which have an affinity for nickel-chelating resin), c-myc tags, calmodulin binding protein
  • fusion protein comprises an Ztsgl polypeptide and an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, typically an F c fragment, which contains two or three constant region domains and a hinge region but lacks the variable region.
  • an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region typically an F c fragment
  • F c fragment an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region
  • Chang et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,125 describe a fusion protein comprising a human interferon and a human immunoglobulin Fc fragment.
  • the C- terminal of the interferon is linked to the N-terminal of the Fc fragment by a peptide linker moiety.
  • An example of a peptide linker is a peptide comprising primarily a T cell inert sequence, which is immunologically inert.
  • An exemplary peptide linker has the amino acid sequence: GGSGG SGGGG SGGGG S (SEQ ID NO: 14).
  • a preferred Fc moiety is a human ⁇ 4 chain, which is stable in solution and has little or no complement activating activity.
  • the present invention contemplates a Ztsgl fusion protein that comprises a Ztsgl moiety and a human Fc fragment, wherein the C-terminus of the Ztsgl moiety is attached to the N-terminus of the Fc fragment via a peptide linker, such as a peptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14.
  • the Ztsgl moiety can be a Ztsgl molecule or a fragment thereof.
  • a Ztsgl fusion protein comprises an IgG sequence, a Ztsgl moiety covalently joined to the aminoterminal end of the IgG sequence, and a signal peptide that is covalently joined to the aminoterminal of the Ztsgl moiety, wherein the IgG sequence consists of the following elements in the following order: a hinge region, a CH 2 domain, and a CH 3 domain. Accordingly, the IgG sequence lacks a CHj domain.
  • Fusion proteins comprising a Ztsgl moiety and an Fc moiety can be used, for example, as an in vitro assay tool.
  • the presence of a Ztsgl ligand in a biological sample can be detected using a Ztsgl -immunoglobulin fusion protein, in which the Ztsgl moiety is used to target the cognate ligand, and a macromolecule, such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody, is used to detect the bound fusion protein-receptor complex.
  • fusion proteins can be used to identify agonists and antagonists that interfere with the binding of Ztsgl to its ligand.
  • antibody-Ztsgl fusion proteins comprising antibody variable domains, are useful as therapeutic proteins, in which the antibody moiety binds with a target antigen, such as a tumor associated antigen.
  • a target antigen such as a tumor associated antigen.
  • Methods of making antibody-cytokine fusion proteins are known to those of skill in the art.
  • antibody fusion proteins comprising an interleukin-2 moiety are described by Boleti et al, Ann. Oncol. 6:945 (1995), Nicolet etal, Cancer Gene Ther. 2:161 (1995), Becker et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 93:1%16 (1996), Hank et al, Clin. CancerRes. 2:1951 (1996), and Hu et al, CancerRes.
  • cytokine-antibody fusion proteins include IL-8, IL-12, or interferon- ⁇ as the cytokine moiety, Holzer et al, Cytokine 8:214 (1996); Gillies et al, J. Immunol. 160:6195
  • Fusion proteins can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art by preparing each component of the fusion protein and chemically conjugating them.
  • a polynucleotide encoding both components of the fusion protein in the proper reading frame can be generated using known techniques and expressed by the methods described herein. General methods for enzymatic and chemical cleavage of fusion proteins are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-19 to 16-25.
  • the present invention also contemplates chemically modified Ztsgl compositions, in which a Ztsgl polypeptide is linked with a polymer.
  • the polymer is water-soluble so that the Ztsgl conjugate does not precipitate in an aqueous environment, such as a physiological environment.
  • An example of a suitable polymer is one that has been modified to have a single reactive group, such as an active ester for acylation, or an aldehyde for alkylation. In this way, the degree of polymerization can be controlled.
  • An example of a reactive aldehyde is polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde, or mono-(Cl-ClO) alkoxy, or aryloxy derivatives thereof (see, for example, Harris, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,252,714).
  • the polymer may be branched or unbranched.
  • a mixture of polymers can be used to produce Ztsgl conjugates. Ztsgl conjugates used for therapy should preferably comprise pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moieties.
  • Suitable water-soluble polymers include polyethylene glycol (PEG), monomethoxy-PEG, mono-(Cl- C10)alkoxy-PEG, aryloxy-PEG, poly-(N-vinyl pyrrolidone)PEG, tresyl monomethoxy PEG, PEG propionaldehyde, b/s-succinimidyl carbonate PEG, propylene glycol homopolymers, a polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymer, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, dextran, cellulose, or other carbohydrate- based polymers.
  • Suitable PEG may have a molecular weight from about 600 to about 60,000, including, for example, 5,000, 12,000, 20,000 and 25,000.
  • a Ztsgl conjugate can also comprise a mixture of such water-soluble polymers.
  • PEGylation by acylation typically requires reacting an active ester derivative of PEG with a Ztsgl polypeptide.
  • An example of an activated PEG ester is PEG esterified to N-hydroxysuccinimide.
  • acylation includes the following types of linkages between Ztsgl and a water-soluble polymer: amide, carbamate, urethane, and the like.
  • Methods for preparing PEGylated Ztsgl by acylation will typically comprise the steps of (a) reacting a Ztsgl polypeptide with PEG (such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG) under conditions whereby one or more PEG groups attach to Ztsgl, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s).
  • PEG such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG
  • the optimal reaction conditions for acylation reactions will be determined based upon known parameters and desired results. For example, the larger the ratio of PEG:Ztsgl, the greater the percentage of polyPEGylated Ztsgl product.
  • the product of PEGylation by acylation is typically a polyPEGylated Ztsgl product, wherein the lysine ⁇ -amino groups are PEGylated via an acyl-linking group.
  • An example of a connecting linkage is an amide.
  • the resulting Ztsgl will be at least 95% mono-, di-, or tri-pegylated, although some species with higher degrees of PEGylation may be formed depending upon the reaction conditions.
  • PEGylated species can be separated from unconjugated Ztsgl polypeptides using standard purification methods, such as dialysis, ultrafiltration, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and the like.
  • PEGylation by alkylation generally involves reacting a terminal aldehyde derivative of PEG with Ztsgl in the presence of a reducing agent.
  • PEG groups are preferably attached to the polypeptide via a -CH - ⁇ H group.
  • Derivatization via reductive alkylation to produce a monoPEGylated product takes advantage of the differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups available for derivatization.
  • the reaction is performed at a pH that allows one to take advantage of the pKa differences between the ⁇ -amino groups of the lysine residues and the ⁇ -amino group of the N-terminal residue of the protein.
  • Reductive alkylation to produce a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer Ztsgl conjugate molecule can comprise the steps of: (a) reacting a Ztsgl polypeptide with a reactive PEG under reductive alkylation conditions at a pH suitable to permit selective modification of the ⁇ -amino group at the amino terminus of the Ztsgl, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s).
  • the reducing agent used for reductive alkylation should be stable in aqueous solution and preferably be able to reduce only the Schiff base formed in the initial process of reductive alkylation.
  • Preferred reducing agents include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, dimethylamine borane, trimethylamine borane, and pyridine borane.
  • the reductive alkylation reaction conditions are those that permit the selective attachment of the water-soluble polymer moiety to the N-terminus of Ztsgl.
  • Such reaction conditions generally provide for pKa differences between the lysine amino groups and the ⁇ -amino group at the N-terminus.
  • the pH also affects the ratio ( of polymer to protein to be used. In general, if the pH is lower, a larger excess of polymer to protein will be desired because the less reactive the N-terminal ⁇ -group, the more polymer is needed to achieve optimal conditions. If the pH is higher, the polymer: Ztsgl need not be as large because more reactive groups are available.
  • the pH will fall within the range of 3 - 9, or 3 - 6.
  • Another factor to consider is the molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer. Generally, the higher the molecular weight of the polymer, the fewer number of polymer molecules which may be attached to the protein. For PEGylation reactions, the typical molecular weight is about 2 kDa to about 100 kDa, about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, or about 12 kDa to about
  • the molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to Ztsgl will generally be in the range of 1 : 1 to 100: 1. Typically, the molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to Ztsgl will be 1:1 to 20:1 for polyPEGylation, and 1:1 to 5:1 for monoPEGylation.
  • General methods for producing conjugates comprising Ztsgl and water-soluble polymer moieties are known in the art. See, for example, Karasiewicz et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,382,657, Greenwald et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,738, 846, Nieforth et al, Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 59:636 (1996), Monkarsh et al, Anal. Biochem. 247:434 (1997)).
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be produced in recombinant host cells following conventional techniques.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide must be operably linked to regulatory sequences that control transcriptional expression in an expression vector and then, introduced into a host cell.
  • expression vectors can include translational regulatory sequences and a marker gene, which is suitable for selection of cells that carry the expression vector.
  • Expression vectors that are suitable for production of a foreign protein in eukaryotic cells typically contain (1) prokaryotic DNA elements coding for a bacterial replication origin and an antibiotic resistance marker to provide for the growth and selection of the expression vector in a bacterial host; (2) eukaryotic DNA elements that control initiation of transcription, such as a promoter; and (3) DNA elements that control the processing of transcripts, such as a transcription termination/polyadenylation sequence.
  • expression vectors can also include nucleotide sequences encoding a secretory sequence that directs the heterologous polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell.
  • a Ztsgl expression vector may comprise a Ztsgl gene and a secretory sequence derived from a Ztsgl gene or another secreted gene.
  • Ztsgl proteins of the present invention may be expressed in mammalian cells.
  • suitable mammalian host cells include African green monkey kidney cells (Vero; ATCC CRL 1587), human embryonic kidney cells (293-HEK; ATCC CRL 1573), baby hamster kidney cells (BHK-21, BHK-570; ATCC CRL 8544, ATCC CRL 10314), canine kidney cells (MDCK; ATCC CCL 34), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO-K1; ATCC CCL61; CHO DG44 [Chasin et al, Som. Cell. Molec. Genet.
  • the transcriptional and translational regulatory signals may be derived from viral sources, such as adenovirus, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression. Suitable transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences also can be obtained from mammalian genes, such as actin, collagen, myosin, and metallothionein genes.
  • Transcriptional regulatory sequences include a promoter region sufficient to direct the initiation of RNA synthesis.
  • Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the promoter of the mouse metallothionein I gene, Hamer et al, J. Molec. Appl. Genet. 1:113 (1982), the TK promoter of Herpes virus, McKnight, Cell 31:355 (1982), the SV40 early promoter (Benoist et al, Nature 290:304 (1981), the Rous sarcoma virus promoter, Gorman et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci.
  • a prokaryotic promoter such as the bacteriophage T3 RNA polymerase promoter
  • a prokaryotic promoter can be used to control Ztsgl gene expression in mammalian cells, if the prokaryotic promoter is regulated by a eukaryotic promoter, Zhou et al, Mol. Cell. Biol. 10:4519 (1990), and Kaufman et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 9:4485 (1991).
  • An expression vector can be introduced into host cells using a variety of standard techniques including calcium phosphate transfection, liposome-mediated transfection, microprojectile-mediated delivery, electroporation, and the like.
  • the transfected cells are selected and propagated to provide recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector stably integrated in the host cell genome.
  • a dominant selectable marker is described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) and by Murray (ed.), Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols (Humana Press 1991).
  • one suitable selectable marker is a gene that provides resistance to the antibiotic neomycin. In this case, selection is carried out in the presence of a neomycin-type drug, such as G-418 or the like.
  • Selection systems can also be used to increase the expression level of the gene of interest, a process referred to as "amplification.” Amplification is carried out by culturing transfectants in the presence of a low level of the selective agent and then increasing the amount of selective agent to select for cells that produce high levels of the products of the introduced genes.
  • a preferred amplifiable selectable marker is dihydrofolate reductase, which confers resistance to methotrexate.
  • Other drug resistance genes e.g., hygromycin resistance, multi-drug resistance, puromycin acetyltransferase
  • drug resistance genes e.g., hygromycin resistance, multi-drug resistance, puromycin acetyltransferase
  • markers that introduce an altered phenotype such as green fluorescent protein, or cell surface proteins such as CD4, CD8, Class I MHC, placental alkaline phosphatase may be used to sort transfected cells from untransfected cells by such means as FACS sorting or magnetic bead separation technology.
  • Ztsgl polypeptides can also be produced by cultured mammalian cells using a viral delivery system.
  • viruses for this purpose include adenovirus, herpesvirus, vaccinia virus and adeno-associated virus (AAV).
  • Adenovirus a double- stranded DNA virus, is currently the best-studied gene transfer vector for delivery of heterologous nucleic acid. For a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol. 45:161 (1994), and Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997).
  • Advantages of the adenovirus system include the accommodation of relatively large DNA inserts, the ability to grow to high-titer, the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and flexibility that allows use with a large number of available vectors containing different promoters.
  • By deleting portions of the adenovirus genome larger inserts (up to 7 kb) of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. These inserts can be incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co- transfected plasmid.
  • An option is to delete the essential El gene from the viral vector, which results in the inability to replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell.
  • Adenovirus vector-infected human 293 cells (ATCC Nos. CRL-1573, 45504, 45505), for example, can be grown as adherent cells or in suspension culture at relatively high cell density to produce significant amounts of protein [see Garnier et al, Cytotechnol. 5:145 (1994)].
  • Ztsgl genes may also be expressed in other higher eukaryotic cells, such as avian, fungal, insect, yeast, or plant cells.
  • the baculovirus system provides an efficient means to introduce cloned Ztsgl genes into insect cells.
  • Suitable expression vectors are based upon the Autographa calif ornica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), and contain well-known promoters such as Drosophila heat shock protein (hsp) 70 promoter, Autographa calif ornica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter (ie-1) and the delayed early 39K promoter, baculovirus plO promoter, and the Drosophila metallothionein promoter.
  • a second method of making recombinant baculovirus utilizes a transposon-based system described by Luckow, et al, J. Virol. 67:4566 (1993). This system, which utilizes transfer vectors, is sold in the BAC-to- BAC kit (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD). This system utilizes a transfer vector,
  • PFASTBAC (Life Technologies) containing a Tn7 transposon to move the DNA encoding the Ztsgl polypeptide into a baculovirus genome maintained in E. coli as a large plasmid called a "bacmid.” See, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk, and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995).
  • transfer vectors can include an in-frame fusion with DNA encoding an epitope tag at the C- or N-terminus of the expressed Ztsgl polypeptide, for example, a Glu-Glu epitope tag [Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. 82:1952 (1985)].
  • a transfer vector containing a Ztsgl gene is transformed into E. coli, and screened for bacmids that contain an interrupted lacZ gene indicative of recombinant baculovirus. The bacmid
  • DNA containing the recombinant baculovirus genome is then isolated using common techniques.
  • the illustrative PFASTBAC vector can be modified to a considerable degree.
  • the polyhedrin promoter can be removed and substituted with the baculovirus basic protein promoter (also known as Pcor, p6.9 or MP promoter), which is expressed earlier in the baculovirus infection, and has been shown to be advantageous for expressing secreted proteins [see, for example, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995)].
  • a short or long version of the basic protein promoter can be used.
  • transfer vectors can be constructed, which replace the native Ztsgl secretory signal sequences with secretory signal sequences derived from insect proteins.
  • a secretory signal sequence from Ecdysteroid Glucosyltransferase (EGT), honeybee Melittin (Invitrogen Corporation; Carlsbad, CA), or baculovirus gp67 (PharMingen: San Diego, CA) can be used in constructs to replace the native Ztsgl secretory signal sequence.
  • the recombinant virus or bacmid is used to transfect host cells.
  • Suitable insect host cells include cell lines derived from IPLB-5/-21, a Spodoptera frugiperda pupal ovarian cell line, such as 5/9 (ATCC CRL 1711), 5 21 AE, and 5/21 (Invitrogen Corporation; San Diego, CA), as well as Drosophila Schneider-2 cells, and the HIGH FIVEO cell line (Invitrogen) derived from Trichoplusia ni (U.S. Patent No. 5,300,435).
  • Commercially available serum-free media can be used to grow and to maintain the cells.
  • Suitable media are Sf900 JJTM (Life Technologies) or ESF 921TM (Expression Systems) for the Sf9 cells; and Ex-cellO405TM (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) or Express FiveOTM (Life Technologies) for the T. ni cells.
  • the cells are typically grown up from an inoculation density of approximately 2-5 x 10 5 cells to a density of 1-2 x 10 6 cells at which time a recombinant viral stock is added at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 to 10, more typically near 3.
  • MOI multiplicity of infection
  • yeast cells can also be used to express the genes described herein.
  • Yeast species of particular interest in this regard include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris, and Pichia methanolica.
  • Suitable promoters for expression in yeast include promoters from GAL1 (galactose), PGK
  • yeast-cloning vectors have been designed and are readily available. These vectors include Yip-based vectors, such as YIp5, YRp vectors, such as YRpl7, YEp vectors such as YEpl3 and YCp vectors, such as YCp 19. Methods for transforming 5. cerevisiae cells with exogenous DNA and producing recombinant polypeptides there from are disclosed by, for example, Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kawasaki et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373,
  • Transformed cells are selected by phenotype determined by the selectable marker, commonly drug resistance or the ability to grow in the absence of a particular nutrient (e.g., leucine).
  • a preferred vector system for use in Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the POT1 vector system disclosed by Kawasaki et al.
  • Transformation systems for other yeasts including Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces lactis, Kluyveromyces fragilis, Ustilago maydis, Pichia pastoris, Pichia methanolica, Pichia guillermondii and Candida maltosa are known in the art. See, for example, Gleeson et al, J. Gen. Microbiol. 132:3459 (1986), and Cregg, U.S. Patent No. 4,882,279. Aspergillus cells may be utilized according to the methods of McKnight et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349.
  • Pichia methanolica as host for the production of recombinant proteins is disclosed by Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,808, Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,383, Raymond et al, Yeast 14:11-23 (1998), and in international publication Nos. WO 97/17450, WO 97/17451, WO 98/02536, and WO 98/02565.
  • DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which are preferably linearized prior to transformation.
  • the promoter and terminator in the plasmid be that of a P.
  • methanolica gene such as a P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene (AUGl or AUG2).
  • Other useful promoters include those of the dihydroxyacetone synthase (DHAS), formate dehydrogenase (FMD), and catalase (CAT) genes.
  • DHAS dihydroxyacetone synthase
  • FMD formate dehydrogenase
  • CAT catalase
  • a preferred selectable marker for use in Pichia methanolica is a P. methanolica ADE2 gene, which encodes phosphoribosyl-5-aminoimidazole carboxylase (AJJ C; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine.
  • methanolica cells can be transformed by electroporation using an exponentially decaying, pulsed electric field having a field strength of from 2.5 to 4.5 kV/cm, preferably about 3.75 kV/cm, and a time constant (t) of from 1 to 40 milliseconds, most preferably about 20 milliseconds.
  • Expression vectors can also be introduced into plant protoplasts, intact plant tissues, or isolated plant cells. Methods for introducing expression vectors into plant tissue include the direct infection or co-cultivation of plant tissue with
  • Agrobacterium tumefaciens microprojectile-mediated delivery, DNA injection, electroporation, and the like. See, for example, Horsch et al, Science 227:1219 (1985), Klein et al, Biotechnology 70:268 (1992), and Miki et al, "Procedures for Introducing Foreign DNA into Plants," in Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Glick et al. (eds.), pages 67-88 (CRC Press, 1993).
  • Ztsgl genes can be expressed in prokaryotic host cells.
  • Suitable promoters that can be used to express Ztsgl polypeptides in a prokaryotic host are well-known to those of skill in the art and include promoters capable of recognizing the T4, T3, Sp6 and T7 polymerases, the P R and P L promoters of bacteriophage lambda, the trp, recA, heat shock, lacUV5, tac, Ipp-lacSpr, phoA, and lacZ promoters of E. coli, promoters of B.
  • subtilis the promoters of the bacteriophages of Bacillus, Streptomyces promoters, the int promoter of bacteriophage lambda, the bla promoter of pBR322, and the CAT promoter of the chloramphenicol acetyl transferase gene.
  • Prokaryotic promoters have been reviewed by Glick, J. Ind. Microbiol. 1:111 (1987), Watson et al, Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed. (Benjamin Cummins 1987), and by Ausubel et al. (1995).
  • Preferred prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilus. Suitable strains of E.
  • coli include BL21(DE3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysE, DH1, DH4I, DH5, DH5I, DH5IF, DH5EVICR, DH10B, DH10B/p3, DH1 IS, C600, HB101, JM101, JM105, JM109, JM110, K38, RR1, Y1088, Y1089, CSH18, ER1451, and ER1647 [see, for example, Brown (ed.), Molecular Biology Labfax (Academic Press 1991)].
  • Suitable strains of Bacillus subtilus include BR151, YB886, Mil 19, MI120, and B170 [see, for example, Hardy, "Bacillus Cloning Methods,” in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Glover (ed.) (IRL Press 1985)].
  • the polypeptide When expressing a Ztsgl polypeptide in bacteria such as E. coli, the polypeptide may be retained in the cytoplasm, typically as insoluble granules, or may be directed to the periplasmic space by a bacterial secretion sequence. In the former case, the cells are lysed, and the granules are recovered and denatured using, for example, guanidine isothiocyanate or urea. The denatured polypeptide can then be refolded and dimerized by diluting the denaturant, such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione, followed by dialysis against a buffered saline solution.
  • the denaturant such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione
  • the polypeptide can be recovered from the periplasmic space in a soluble and functional form by disrupting the cells (by, for example, sonication or osmotic shock) to release the contents of the periplasmic space and recovering the protein, thereby obviating the need for denaturation and refolding.
  • Methods for expressing proteins in prokaryotic hosts are well-known to those of skill in the art [see, for example, Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al.
  • polypeptides of the present invention it is preferred to purify the polypeptides of the present invention to at least about 80% purity, more preferably to at least about 90% purity, even more preferably to at least about 95% purity, or even greater than 95% purity with respect to contaminating macromolecules, particularly other proteins and nucleic acids, and free of infectious and pyrogenic agents.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention may also be purified to a pharmaceutically pure state, which is greater than 99.9% pure.
  • a purified polypeptide is substantially free of other polypeptides, particularly other polypeptides of animal origin.
  • Fractionation and/or conventional purification methods can be used to obtain preparations of Ztsgl purified from natural sources (e.g., pituitary gland), and recombinant Ztsgl polypeptides and Ztsgl polj ⁇ eptides purified from recombinant host cells.
  • ammonium sulfate precipitation and acid or chaotrope extraction may be used for fractionation of samples.
  • Exemplary purification steps may include hydroxyapatite, size exclusion, FPLC and reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Suitable chromatographic media include derivatized dextrans, agarose, cellulose, polyacrylamide, specialty silicas, and the like. PEI, DEAE, QAE and Q derivatives are preferred.
  • Exemplary chromatographic media include those media derivatized with phenyl, butyl, or octyl groups, such as Phenyl-Sepharose FF (Pharmacia), Toyopearl butyl 650 (Toso Haas, Montgomeryville, PA), Octyl-Sepharose (Pharmacia) and the like; or polyacrylic resins, such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like.
  • Suitable solid supports include glass beads, silica-based resins, cellulosic resins, agarose beads, cross-linked agarose beads, polystyrene beads, cross- linked polyacrylamide resins and the like that are insoluble under the conditions in which they are to be used. These supports may be modified with reactive groups that allow attachment of proteins by amino groups, carboxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, hydroxyl groups and/or carbohydrate moieties.
  • Examples of coupling chemistries include cyanogen bromide activation, N-hydroxysuccinimide activation, epoxide activation, sulfhydryl activation, hydrazide activation, and carboxyl and amino derivatives for carbodiimide coupling chemistries.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention can also be isolated by exploitation of particular properties.
  • immobilized metal ion adsorption (IMAC) chromatography can be used to purify histidine-rich proteins, including those comprising polyhistidine tags. Briefly, a gel is first charged with divalent metal ions to form a chelate (Sulkowski, Trends in Biochem. 3:1 (1985)). Histidine-rich proteins will be adsorbed to this matrix with differing affinities, depending upon the metal ion used, and will be eluted by competitive elution, lowering the pH, or use of strong chelating agents.
  • IMAC immobilized metal ion adsorption
  • Ztsgl polypeptides or fragments thereof may also be prepared through chemical synthesis, as described below.
  • Ztsgl polypeptides may be monomers or multimers; glycosylated or non-glycosylated; PEGylated or non-PEGylated; and may or may not include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
  • Peptides and polypeptides of the present invention comprise at least six, preferably at least nine, and more preferably at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • the polypeptides comprise 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more contiguous residues of these amino acid sequences.
  • Examples of such polypeptides are polypeptides comprised of one or more of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 3-13. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptides and polypeptides are useful as polymerase chain reaction primers and probes. Chemical Synthesis of Ztsgl Polypeptides
  • Ztsgl polypeptides of the present invention can also be synthesized by exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase methods, fragment condensation or classical solution synthesis.
  • the polypeptides are preferably prepared by solid phase peptide synthesis, for example as described by Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149 (1963).
  • Solid phase synthesis is usually carried out from the carboxyl-terminus by coupling the alpha-amino protected (side-chain protected) amino acid to a suitable solid support. An ester linkage is formed when the attachment is made to a chloromethyl, chlortrityl or hydroxymethyl resin, and the resulting polypeptide will have a free carboxyl group at the C-terminus.
  • the "native chemical ligation” approach to producing polypeptides is one variation of total chemical synthesis strategy [see, for example, Dawson et al, Science 266:116 (1994), Ralpheng et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 94:7845 (1997), and Dawson, Methods Enzymol. 287: 34 (1997)].
  • an N- terminal cysteine-containing peptide is chemically ligated to a peptide having a C- terminal thioester group to form a normal peptide bond at the ligation site.
  • the "expressed protein ligation” method is a semi-synthesis variation of the ligation approach [see, for example, Muir et al, Proc.
  • the gene or gene fragment is expressed in frame fused with a chitin binding domain sequence, and a Pro-Gly is appended to the native C terminus of the protein of interest.
  • the presence of a C-terminal glycine reduces the chance of side reactions, because the glycine residue accelerates native chemical ligation.
  • Affinity chromatography with a chitin resin is used to purify the expressed fusion protein, and the chemical ligation step is initiated by incubating the resin-bound protein with thiophenol and synthetic peptide in buffer. This mixture produces the in situ generation of a highly reactive phenyl "thioester derivative of the protein that rapidly ligates with the synthetic peptide to produce the desired semi-synthetic protein.
  • a general class of Ztsgl analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below. Moreover, recombinant antibodies comprising anti-idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs [see, for example, Monfardini et al, Proc. Assoc. Am. Physicians 108:410 (1996)]. Since the variable domains of anti-idiotype Ztsgl antibodies mimic Ztsgl, these domains can provide either Ztsgl agonist or antagonist activity.
  • a third approach to identifying Ztsgl analogs is provided by the use of combinatorial libraries.
  • Antibodies to Ztsgl can be obtained, for example, using the product of a Ztsgl expression vector or Ztsgl isolated from a natural source as an antigen. Particularly useful anti- Ztsgl antibodies "bind specifically" to Ztsgl. Antibodies are considered to be specifically binding if the antibodies exhibit at least one of the following two properties: (1) antibodies bind to Ztsgl with a threshold level of binding activity, and (2) antibodies do not significantly cross-react with polypeptides related to Ztsgl .
  • antibodies specifically bind if they bind to a Ztsgl polypeptide, peptide or epitope with a binding affinity (K a ) of 10 6 M " ' or greater, preferably 10 7 M “1 or greater, more preferably 10 8 M “1 or greater, and most preferably 10 9 M “1 or greater.
  • K a binding affinity
  • the binding affinity of an antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Scatchard analysis, Scatchard, Ann. NYAcad. Sci. 51:660 (1949).
  • antibodies do not significantly cross-react with related polypeptide molecules, for example, if they detect Ztsgl, but not known related polypeptides using a standard Western blot analysis.
  • Anti-Ztsgl antibodies can be produced using antigenic Ztsgl epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides.
  • Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polj ⁇ eptides of the present invention contain a sequence of at least nine, preferably between 15 to about 30 amino acids contained within SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • peptides or polypeptides comprising a larger portion of an amino acid sequence of the invention, containing from 30 to 50 amino acids, or any length up to and including the entire amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, also are useful for inducing antibodies that bind with Ztsgl.
  • the amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues, while hydrophobic residues are preferably avoided). Moreover, amino acid sequences containing proline residues may be also be desirable for antibody production.
  • epitope- bearing polypeptides are polypeptides comprised of one or more of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 2 - 13.
  • potential antigenic sites in human Ztsgl were identified using the Jameson-Wolf method, Jameson and Wolf, CABIOS 4:181, (1988), as implemented by the PROTEAN program (version 3.14) of LASERGENE (DNASTAR; Madison, WI). Default parameters were used in this analysis.
  • the Jameson- Wolf method predicts potential antigenic determinants by combining six major subroutines for protein structural prediction. Briefly, the Hopp-Woods method,
  • Polyclonal antibodies to recombinant Ztsgl protein or to Ztsgl isolated from natural sources can be prepared using methods well known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera,” in Immunochemical Protocols (Manson, ed.), pages 1-5 (Humana Press 1992), and Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995).
  • the immunogenicity of a Ztsgl polj ⁇ eptide can be increased through the use of an adjuvant, such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
  • an adjuvant such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant.
  • Polypeptides useful for immunization also include fusion polypeptides, such as fusions of Ztsgl or a portion thereof with an immunoglobulin polypeptide or with maltose binding protein.
  • the polypeptide immunogen may be a full-length molecule or a portion thereof.
  • the polj ⁇ eptide portion is "hapten-like," such portion may be advantageously joined or linked to a macromolecular carrier (such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid) for immunization.
  • a macromolecular carrier such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • tetanus toxoid tetanus toxoid
  • polyclonal antibodies are typically raised in animals such as horses, cows, dogs, chicken, rats, mice, rabbits, guinea pigs, goats, or sheep
  • an anti- Ztsgl antibody of the present invention may also be derived from a subhuman primate antibody.
  • Rodent monoclonal antibodies to specific antigens may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art [see, for example, Kohler et al, Nature 256:495 (1975), Coligan et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, Vol. 1, pages 2.5.1-2.6.7 (John Wiley & Sons 1991) ("Coligan"), Picksley et al, "Production of monoclonal antibodies against proteins expressed in E. coli," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 93 (Oxford University Press 1995)].
  • monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising an Ztsgl gene product, verifying the presence of antibody production by removing a serum sample, removing the spleen to obtain B -lymphocytes, fusing the B- lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures.
  • an anti-Ztsgl antibody of the present invention may be derived from a human monoclonal antibody.
  • Human monoclonal antibodies are obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge.
  • elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci.
  • the transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas.
  • Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described, for example, by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 568:856 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:579 (1994).
  • Monoclonal antibodies can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography [see, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3; Baines et al, "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG),” in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)].
  • antibody fragments can be obtained, for example, by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody.
  • Antibody fragments can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods.
  • antibody fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab') 2 .
  • This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments.
  • the cleavage reaction can be performed using a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups that result from cleavage of disulfide linkages.
  • an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment directly.
  • These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. patent No. 4,331,647, Nisonoff et al, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89:230 (1960), Porter, Biochem. J. 73: 119 (1959), Edelman et al, in Methods in Enzymology Vol 1, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and by Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4.
  • Fv fragments comprise an association of V H and V L chains. This association can be noncovalent, as described by Inbar et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:2659 (1972).
  • the variable chains can be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde [see, for example, Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:431 (1992)].
  • the Fv fragments may comprise V H and V L chains, which are connected by a peptide linker.
  • These single-chain antigen binding proteins are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the V H and V L domains which are connected by an oligonucleotide. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector, which is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains.
  • an scFV can be obtained by exposing lymphocytes to Ztsgl polypeptide in vitro, and selecting antibody display libraries in phage or similar vectors (for instance, through use of immobilized or labeled Ztsgl protein or peptide).
  • Genes encoding polypeptides having potential Ztsgl polypeptide-binding domains can be obtained by screening random peptide libraries displayed on phage (phage display) or on bacteria, such as E. coli. Nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptides can be obtained in a number of ways, such as through random mutagenesis and random polynucleotide synthesis. These random peptide display libraries can be used to screen for peptides that interact with a known target, which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances.
  • a known target which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances.
  • Random peptide display libraries can be screened using the Ztsgl sequences disclosed herein to identify proteins that bind to Ztsgl.
  • Another form of an antibody fragment is a peptide coding for a single complementarity-determining region (CDR).
  • CDR peptides can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells [see, for example, Larrick et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106 (1991), Courtenay-Luck, "Genetic Manipulation of Monoclonal Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering and Clinical Application, Ritter et al.
  • an anti-Ztsgl antibody may be derived from a "humanized" monoclonal antibody.
  • Humanized monoclonal antibodies are produced by transferring mouse complementary determining regions from heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. Typical residues of human antibodies are then substituted in the framework regions of the murine counterparts.
  • the use of antibody components derived from humanized monoclonal antibodies obviates potential problems associated with the immunogenicity of murine constant regions. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are described, for example, by Orlandi et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci.
  • Polyclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals with anti-Ztsgl antibodies or antibody fragments, using standard techniques. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Methods In
  • monoclonal anti- idiotype antibodies can be prepared using anti-Ztsgl antibodies or antibody fragments as immunogens with the techniques, described above.
  • humanized anti-idiotype antibodies or subhuman primate anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using the above-described techniques. Methods for producing anti-idiotype antibodies are described, for example, by Irie, U.S. Patent No. 5,208,146, Greene, et. al, U.S. Patent No. 5,637,677, and Varthakavi and Minocha, J. Gen. Virol. 77:1875 (1996).
  • Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of a Ztsgl gene in a biological sample.
  • Probe molecules include double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a fragment thereof.
  • Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. A positive test in such assays of synovial fluid would indicate that an individual would have rheumatoid arthritis.
  • RNA detection In a basic assay, a single-stranded probe molecule is incubated with RNA, isolated from a biological sample, under conditions of temperature and ionic strength that promote base pairing between the probe and target Ztsgl RNA species. After separating unbound probe from hybridized molecules, the amount of hybrids is detected.
  • Illustrative biological samples include blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material.
  • Well- established hybridization methods of RNA detection include northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization. See, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997).
  • Nucleic acid probes can be labeled with radioisotopes such as 32 P or 35 S.
  • Ztsgl RNA can be detected with a non-radioactive hybridization method. See, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993).
  • nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates.
  • Illustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin.
  • Ztsgl oligonucleotide probes are also useful for in vivo diagnosis.
  • F-labeled oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject and visualized by positron emission tomography [Tavitian et al, Nature Medicine 4:467 (1998)].
  • Numerous diagnostic procedures take advantage of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to increase sensitivity of detection methods.
  • Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known [see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc.
  • RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with Ztsgl primers [see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)].
  • Ztsgl primers see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997).
  • PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques.
  • RNA is isolated from biological sample using, for example, the guanidinium- thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above.
  • a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate.
  • a reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or Ztsgl anti-sense oligomers.
  • Oligo-dT primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences.
  • Ztsgl sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length. PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches.
  • PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining.
  • fractionated PCR products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably labeled Ztsgl probe, and examined by autoradiography.
  • Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
  • CPT cycling probe technology
  • DNA-RNA-DNA chimeric probe to form a complex the RNA portion is cleaved with RNAase H, and the presence of cleaved chimeric probe is detected [see, for example, Beggs et al, J. Clin. Microbiol. 54:2985 (1996), Bekkaoui et al, Biotechniques 20:240 (1996)].
  • Alternative methods for detection of Ztsgl sequences can utilize approaches such as nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA), cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization (CATCH), and the ligase chain reaction (LCR) [see, for example, Marshall et al., U.S. Patent No.
  • Ztsgl probes and primers can also be used to detect and to localize Ztsgl gene expression in tissue samples.
  • Methods for such in situ hybridization are well- known to those of skill in the art [see, for example, Choo (ed.), In Situ Hybridization Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1994), Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Cellular DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Radioactive In Situ Hybridization (RISH),” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 259-278 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Wu et al.
  • Nucleic acid molecules comprising Ztsgl nucleotide sequences can also be used to determine whether a subject's chromosomes contain a mutation in the Ztsgl gene. Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the Ztsgl gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. Of particular interest are genetic alterations that inactivate the Ztsgl gene.
  • Aberrations associated with the Ztsgl locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis, short tandem repeat (STR) analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis (ARMS), single-strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis (FAMA), and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art [see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Marian, Chest 108:155 (1995), Coleman and
  • RNA is isolated from a biological sample, and used to synthesize cDNA.
  • PCR is then used to amplify the Ztsgl target sequence and to introduce an RNA polymerase promoter, a translation initiation sequence, and an in-frame ATG triplet.
  • PCR products are transcribed using an RNA polymerase, and the transcripts are translated in vitro with a T7-coupled reticulocyte lysate system.
  • the translation products are then fractionated by SDS -PAGE to determine the lengths of the translation products.
  • the protein truncation test is described, for example, by Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, pages 9.11.1 - 9.11.18 (John Wiley & Sons 1998).
  • Ztsgl protein is isolated from a subject, the molecular weight of the isolated Ztsgl protein is determined, and then compared with the molecular weight a normal Ztsgl protein, such as a protein having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2.
  • a substantially lower molecular weight for the isolated Ztsgl protein is indicative that the protein is truncated.
  • substantially lower molecular weight refers to at least about 10 percent lower, and preferably, at least about 25 percent lower.
  • the Ztsgl protein may be isolated by various procedures known in the art including immunoprecipitation, solid phase radioimmunoassay, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, or Western blotting.
  • the molecular weight of the isolated Ztsgl protein can be determined using standard techniques, such as SDS- polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
  • kits for performing a diagnostic assay for Ztsgl gene expression or to detect mutations in the Ztsgl gene comprise nucleic acid probes, such as double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , or a fragment thereof.
  • Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like.
  • Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR.
  • kits contains all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above.
  • a kit will comprise at least one container comprising a Ztsgl probe or primer.
  • the kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Ztsgl sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like.
  • a kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that the Ztsgl probes and primers are used to detect Ztsgl gene expression.
  • written instructions may state that the enclosed nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect either a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Ztsgl, or a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a Ztsgl -encoding nucleotide sequence.
  • the written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
  • anti-Ztsgl antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of Ztsgl.
  • anti-Ztsgl antibodies are used in liquid phase.
  • the presence of Ztsgl in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled Ztsgl and an anti-Ztsgl antibody under conditions that promote binding between Ztsgl and its antibody.
  • Complexes of Ztsgl and anti-Ztsgl in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein which binds with the antibody, such as an Fc antibody or Staphylococcus protein A.
  • concentration of Ztsgl in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled Ztsgl bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free Ztsgl.
  • Illustrative biological samples include blood, synovial fluid, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material. Positive results in such tests could indicate that an individual has arthritis.
  • in vitro assays can be performed in which anti- Ztsgl antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier.
  • antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube.
  • a polymer such as aminodextran
  • an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube.
  • anti- Ztsgl antibodies can be used to detect Ztsgl in tissue sections prepared from a biopsy specimen. Such immunochemical detection can be used to determine the relative abundance of Ztsgl and to determine the distribution of Ztsgl in the examined tissue.
  • General immunochemistry techniques are well established
  • Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-Ztsgl antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule that binds to the antibody.
  • the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-Ztsgl antibody.
  • the anti-Ztsgl antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin). Numerous variations of this basic technique are well known to those of skill in the art.
  • an anti-Ztsgl antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-Ztsgl immunoconjugate.
  • Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably labeled immunoconjugates are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below.
  • the detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography. Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3 H, 125 1, l31 I, 35 S and 14 C. Anti-Ztsgl immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound.
  • the presence of a fluorescent-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence.
  • Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine.
  • anti-Ztsgl immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction.
  • chemiluminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester.
  • a bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-Ztsgl immunoconjugates of the present invention.
  • Bioluminescence is a type of chemilurninescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence.
  • Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin.
  • anti-Ztsgl immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-Ztsgl antibody component to an enzyme.
  • the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety that can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means.
  • enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include ⁇ -galactosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase.
  • the binding of marker moieties to anti-Ztsgl antibodies can be accomplished using standard techniques known to the art. Typical methodology in this regard is described by Kennedy et al, Clin. Chim. Ada 70:1 (1976), Schurs et al, Clin. Chim. Acta 81:1 (1977), Shih et al, Int'l J. Cancer 46:1101 (1990), Stein et al, CancerRes. 50:1330 (1990), and Coligan, supra. Moreover, the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-Ztsgl antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin. See, for example, Wilchek et al.
  • kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for Ztsgl gene expression comprise at least one container comprising an anti-Ztsgl antibody, or antibody fragment.
  • a kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Ztsgl antibody or antibody fragments. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like.
  • a kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that Ztsgl antibodies or antibody fragments are used to detect Ztsgl protein. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed antibody or antibody fragment can be used to detect Ztsgl. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
  • the dosage of administered Ztsgl for the treatment of autoimmune-related disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis will vary depending upon such factors as the patient's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history.
  • a dosage of Ztsgl that is in the range of from about 1 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg (amount of agent/body weight of patient), although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate.
  • Administration of a molecule having Ztsgl activity to a subject can be intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrapleural, intrathecal, by perfusion through a regional catheter, or by direct intralesional injection.
  • the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses.
  • Ztsgl can be administered as a controlled release formulation.
  • Cleland and Jones, Pharm. Res. 75:1464 (1996) describe a method for producing interferon- ⁇ encapsulated in polylactic-coglycolic microspheres. Additional routes of administration include oral, dermal, mucosal- membrane, pulmonary, and transcutaneous.
  • Oral delivery is suitable for polyester microspheres, zein microspheres, proteinoid microspheres, polycyanoacrylate microspheres, and lipid-based systems (see, for example, DiBase and Morrel, "Oral Delivery of Microencapsulated Proteins," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 255-288 (Plenum Press 1997)).
  • the feasibility of an intranasal delivery is exemplified by such a mode of insulin administration (see, for example, Hinchcliffe and Ilium, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 55:199 (1999)).
  • Dry or liquid particles comprising Ztsgl can be prepared and inhaled with the aid of dry-powder dispersers, liquid aerosol generators, or nebulizers, e.g., Pettit and Gombotz, TIBTECH 76:343 (1998); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:135 (1999).
  • This approach is illustrated by the AERX diabetes management system, which is a hand-held electronic inhaler that delivers aerosolized insulin into the lungs.
  • proteins as large as 48,000 kDa have been delivered across skin at therapeutic concentrations with the aid of low-frequency ultrasound, which illustrates the feasibility of transcutaneous administration (Mitragotri et al, Science 269:850 (1995)).
  • Transdermal delivery using electroporation provides another means to administer Ztsgl (Potts et al, Pharm. Biotechnol 10:113 (1997)).
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Ztsgl activity can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, wherein the therapeutic proteins are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a composition is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient.
  • Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Other suitable carriers are well known to those in the art. See, for example, Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995).
  • molecules having Ztsgl activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a patient in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • a combination of a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Ztsgl activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
  • An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient.
  • an agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in the inhibition of the growth of tumor cells or in the inhibition of a viral infection.
  • An inhibition of tumor growth may be indicated, for example, by a decrease in the number of tumor cells, decreased metastasis, a decrease in the size of a solid tumor, or increased necrosis of a tumor.
  • Indicators of viral infection inhibition include decreased viral titer, a decrease in detectable viral antigen, or an increase in anti-viral antibody titer.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising molecules having Ztsgl activity can be furnished in liquid form, in an aerosol, or in solid form.
  • Proteins having Ztsgl activity such as human or murine Ztsgl
  • a Ztsgl -polyethylene glycol conjugate is useful to increase the circulating half-life of the Ztsgl, and to reduce the immunogenicity of the polj ⁇ eptide.
  • Liquid forms, including liposome-encapsulated formulations are illustrated by injectable solutions and oral suspensions.
  • Exemplary solid forms include capsules, tablets, and controlled-release forms, such as a miniosmotic pump or an implant.
  • dosage forms can be devised by those skilled in the art, as shown, for example, by Ansel and Popovich, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, 5 ( Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19 th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995), and by Ranade and Hollinger, Drug Delivery Systems (CRC Press 1996).
  • Ztsgl pharmaceutical compositions may be supplied as a kit comprising a container that comprises Ztsgl, a Ztsgl agonist, or a Ztsgl antagonist (e.g., an anti- Ztsgl antibody or antibody fragment).
  • Ztsgl can be provided in the form of an injectable solution for single or multiple doses, or as a sterile powder that will be reconstituted before injection.
  • a kit can include a dry- powder disperser, liquid aerosol generator, or nebulizer for administration of a therapeutic polypeptide.
  • Such a kit may further comprise written information on indications and usage of the pharmaceutical composition.
  • such information may include a statement that the Ztsgl composition is contraindicated in patients with known Ivypersensitivity to Ztsgl.
  • Ztsgl composition is contraindicated in patients with known Ivypersensitivity to Ztsgl.
  • There are numerous approaches to introduce a Ztsgl gene to a subject including the use of recombinant host cells that express Ztsgl, delivery of naked nucleic acid encoding Ztsgl, use of a cationic lipid carrier with a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Ztsgl, and the use of viruses that express Ztsgl, such as recombinant retroviruses, recombinant adeno-associated viruses, recombinant adenoviruses, and recombinant Herpes simplex viruses (HSV).
  • HSV Herpes simplex viruses
  • an expression vector is constructed in which a nucleotide sequence encoding a Ztsgl gene is operably linked to a core promoter, and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription.
  • a Ztsgl gene can be delivered using recombinant viral vectors, including for example, adenoviral vectors [e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 90:11498 (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 91:115 (1994), Li et al, Hum. Gene Ther.
  • pox viruses such as canary pox virus or vaccinia virus [Fisher-Hoch et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 86:317 (1989), and Flexner et al, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 569:86 (1989)]
  • retroviruses e.g., Baba et al, J. Neurosurg 79:129 (1993), Ram et al, Cancer Res. 55:83 (1993), Takamiya et al, J. Neurosci. Res 55:493 (1992), Vile and Hart, Cancer
  • adenovirus a double-stranded DNA virus
  • a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below.
  • adenovirus a double-stranded DNA virus
  • Douglas and Curiel Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997).
  • the adenovirus system offers several advantages including: (i) the ability to accommodate relatively large DNA inserts, (ii) the ability to be grown to high-titer, (iii) the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and (iv) the ability to be used with many different promoters including ubiquitous, tissue specific, and regulatable promoters.
  • adenoviruses can be administered by intravenous injection, because the viruses are stable in the bloodstream.
  • inserts are incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co-transfected plasmid.
  • the essential El gene is deleted from the viral vector, and the virus will not replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell.
  • adenovirus When intravenously administered to intact animals, adenovirus primarily targets the liver. Although an adenoviral delivery system with an El gene deletion cannot replicate in the host cells, the host's tissue will express and process an encoded heterologous protein. Host cells will also secrete the heterologous protein if the corresponding gene includes a secretory signal sequence. Secreted proteins will enter the circulation from tissue that expresses the heterologous gene (e.g., the highly vascularized liver). Moreover, adenoviral vectors containing various deletions of viral genes can be used to reduce or eliminate immune responses to the vector.
  • Such adenoviruses are El -deleted, and in addition, contain deletions of E2A or E4 (Lusky et al, J. Virol. 72:2011 (1998); Raper et al, Human Gene Therapy 9:671 (1998)).
  • the deletion of E2b has also been reported to reduce immune responses [Amalfitano et al, J. Virol. 72:926 (1998)].
  • By deleting the entire adenovirus genome very large inserts of heterologous DNA can be accommodated.
  • generation of so-called "gutless" adenoviruses, where all viral genes are deleted, are particularly advantageous for insertion of large inserts of heterologous DNA [for a review, see Yeh. and
  • High titer stocks of recombinant viruses capable of expressing a therapeutic gene can be obtained from infected mammalian cells using standard methods.
  • recombinant HSV can be prepared in Vero cells, as described by Brandt et al, J. Gen. Virol. 72:2043 (1991), Herold et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1211
  • an expression vector comprising a Ztsgl gene can be introduced into a subject's cells by lipofection in vivo using liposomes.
  • Synthetic cationic lipids can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker [Feigner et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 84:7413 (1987); Mackey et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 85:8027 (1988)].
  • the use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages.
  • Liposomes can be used to direct transfection to particular cell types, which is particularly advantageous in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as the pancreas, liver, kidney, and brain.
  • Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the purpose of targeting.
  • Targeted peptides e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters
  • proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules can be coupled to liposomes chemically.
  • Electroporation is another alternative mode of administration. For example, Aihara and Miyazaki, Nature Biotechnology 76:867 (1998), have demonstrated the use of in vivo electroporation for gene transfer into muscle.
  • a therapeutic gene may encode a Ztsgl anti-sense RNA that inhibits the expression of Ztsgl.
  • Suitable sequences for anti-sense molecules can be derived from the nucleotide sequences of Ztsgl disclosed herein.
  • an expression vector can be constructed in which a regulatory element is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes a ribozyme.
  • Ribozymes can be designed to express endonuclease activity that is directed to a certain target sequence in a mRNA molecule (see, for example, Draper and Macejak, U.S. Patent No. 5,496,698, McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,525,468, Chowrira and McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,631,359, and Robertson and Goldberg, U.S. Patent No. 5,225,337).
  • ribozymes include nucleotide sequences that bind with Ztsgl mRNA.
  • expression vectors can be constructed in which a regulatory element directs the production of RNA transcripts capable of promoting RNase P-mediated cleavage of mRNA molecules that encode a Ztsgl gene.
  • an external guide sequence can be constructed for directing the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, which is subsequently cleaved by the cellular ribozyme [see, for example, Altman et al, U.S. Patent No.
  • the external guide sequence comprises a ten to fifteen nucleotide sequence complementary to Ztsgl mRNA, and a 3'-NCCA nucleotide sequence, wherein N is preferably a purine.
  • the external guide sequence transcripts bind to the targeted mRNA species by the formation of base pairs between the mRNA and the complementary external guide sequences, thus promoting cleavage of mRNA by RNase P at the nucleotide located at the 5'-side of the base-paired region.
  • the dosage of a composition comprising a therapeutic vector having a Ztsgl nucleotide acid sequence, such as a recombinant virus will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history.
  • Suitable routes of administration of therapeutic vectors include intravenous injection, intraarterial injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, intratumoral injection, and injection into a cavity that contains a tumor.
  • Horton et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 96: 1553 (1999) demonstrated that intramuscular injection of plasmid DNA encoding interferon- ⁇ produces potent anti-tumor effects on primary and metastatic tumors in a murine model.
  • a composition comprising viral vectors, non-viral vectors, or a combination of viral and non-viral vectors of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby vectors or viruses are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a composition such as phosphate-buffered saline is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient subject.
  • suitable carriers are well known to those in the art [see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and Gilman 's the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 7th Ed. (MacMillan Publishing Co. 1985)].
  • a therapeutic gene expression vector, or a recombinant virus comprising such a vector, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount.
  • a combination of an expression vector (or virus) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant.
  • An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject. In the present context, an agent is physiologically significant if its presence inhibits the growth of tumor cells or inhibits viral infection.
  • An inhibition of tumor growth may be indicated, for example, by a decrease in the number of tumor cells, decreased metastasis, a decrease in the size of a solid tumor, or increased necrosis of a tumor.
  • Indicators of viral infection inhibition include decreased viral titer, a decrease in detectable viral antigen, or an increase in anti-viral antibody titer.
  • the therapy is preferably somatic cell gene therapy.
  • the preferred treatment of a human with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus does not entail introducing into cells a nucleic acid molecule that can form part of a human germ line and be passed onto successive generations (i.e., human germ line gene therapy).
  • Transgenic mice can be engineered to over-express the human Ztsgl gene in all tissues or under the control of a tissue-specific or tissue-preferred regulatory element. These over-producers of Ztsgl can be used to characterize the phenotype that results from over-expression, and the transgenic animals can serve as models for human disease caused by excess Ztsgl. Transgenic mice that over-express Ztsgl also provide model bioreactors for production of Ztsgl in the milk or blood of larger animals.
  • a method for producing a transgenic mouse that expresses a Ztsgl gene can begin with adult, fertile males (studs) [B6C3f 1 , 2-8 months of age (Taconic Farms, Germantown, NY)], vasectomized males (duds) [B6D2fl, 2-8 months, (Taconic Farms)], prepubescent fertile females (donors) (B6C3fl, 4-5 weeks, (Taconic Farms)] and adult fertile females (recipients) [B6D2fl, 2-4 months, (Taconic Farms)].
  • the donors are acclimated for one week and then injected with approximately 8 IU/mouse of Pregnant Mare's Serum gonadotrophin (Sigma Chemical Company; St. Louis, MO) I.P., and 46-47 hours later, 8 IU/mouse of human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG (Sigma)) I.P. to induce superovulation.
  • Donors are mated with studs subsequent to hormone injections. Ovulation generally occurs within 13 hours of hCG injection. Copulation is confirmed by the presence of a vaginal plug the morning following mating.
  • Fertilized eggs are collected under a surgical scope.
  • the oviducts are collected and eggs are released into urinanalysis slides containing hyaluronidase (Sigma).
  • Eggs are washed once in hyaluronidase, and twice in Whitten's W640 medium [described, for example, by Menino and O'Claray, Biol. Reprod. 77:159 (1986), and Dienhart and Downs, Zygote 4:129 (1996)] that has been incubated with 5% CO2, 5% O2, and 90% N2 at 37°C.
  • the eggs are then stored in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator until microinjection.
  • Plasmid DNA is microinjected into harvested eggs contained in a drop of W640 medium overlaid by warm, C ⁇ 2-equilibrated mineral oil. The DNA is drawn into an injection needle (pulled from a 0.75mm ID, 1mm OD borosilicate glass capillary), and injected into individual eggs. Each egg is penetrated with the injection needle, into one or both of the haploid pronuclei.
  • Picoliters of DNA are injected into the pronuclei, and the injection needle withdrawn without coming into contact with the nucleoli. The procedure is repeated until all the eggs are injected.
  • Successfully microinjected eggs are transferred into an organ tissue-culture dish with pre-gassed W640 medium for storage overnight in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator.
  • the following day two-cell embryos are transferred into pseudopregnant recipients. The recipients are identified by the presence of copulation plugs, after copulating with vasectomized duds. Recipients are anesthetized and shaved on the dorsal left side and transferred to a surgical microscope.
  • a small incision is made in the skin and through the muscle wall in the middle of the abdominal area outlined by the ribcage, the saddle, and the hind leg, midway between knee and spleen.
  • the reproductive organs are exteriorized onto a small surgical drape.
  • the fat pad is stretched out over the surgical drape, and a baby serrefine (Roboz, Rockville, MD) is attached to the fat pad and left hanging over the back of the mouse, preventing the organs from sliding back in.
  • a baby serrefine Robot, Rockville, MD
  • the swollen ampulla is located and holding the oviduct between the ampulla and the bursa, a nick in the oviduct is made with a 28 g needle close to the bursa, making sure not to tear the ampulla or the bursa.
  • the pipette is transferred into the nick in the oviduct, and the embryos are blown in, allowing the first air bubble to escape the pipette.
  • the fat pad is gently pushed into the peritoneum, and the reproductive organs allowed to slide in.
  • the peritoneal wall is closed with one suture and the skin closed with a wound clip.
  • the mice recuperate on a 37°C slide warmer for a minimum of four hours. The recipients are returned to cages in pairs, and allowed 19-21 days gestation.
  • Genomic DNA is prepared from the tail snips using, for example, a QIAGEN DNEASY kit following the manufacturer's instructions. Genomic DNA is analyzed by PCR using primers designed to amplify a Ztsgl gene or a selectable marker gene that was introduced in the same plasmid.
  • mice After animals are confirmed to be transgenic, they are backcrossed into an inbred strain by placing a transgenic female with a wild-type male, or a transgenic male with one or two wild-type female(s). As pups are born and weaned, the sexes are separated, and their tails snipped for genotj ⁇ ing. To check for expression of a transgene in a live animal, a partial hepatectomy is performed. A surgical prep is made of the upper abdomen directly below the zyphoid process. Using sterile technique, a small 1.5-2 cm incision is made below the sternum and the left lateral lobe of the liver exteriorized.
  • a tie is made around the lower lobe securing it outside the body cavity.
  • An atraumatic clamp is used to hold the tie while a second loop of absorbable Dexon (American Cyanamid; Wayne, N.J.) is placed proximal to the first tie.
  • a distal cut is made from the Dexon tie and approximately 100 mg of the excised liver tissue is placed in a sterile petri dish.
  • the excised liver section is transferred to a 14 ml polypropylene round bottom tube and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and then stored on dry ice.
  • the surgical site is closed with suture and wound clips, and the animal's cage placed on a 37°C heating pad for 24 hours post operatively. The animal is checked daily post operatively and the wound clips removed 7-10 days after surgery.
  • the expression level of Ztsgl mRNA is examined for each transgenic mouse using an RNA solution hybridization assay or polymerase chain reaction.
  • transgenic mice that over-express Ztsgl
  • Such transgenic mice provide useful models for diseases associated with a lack of Ztsgl.
  • Ztsgl gene expression can be inhibited using anti-sense genes, ribozyme genes, or external guide sequence genes.
  • inhibitory sequences are targeted to murine Ztsgl mRNA.
  • An alternative approach to producing transgenic mice that have little or no Ztsgl gene expression is to generate mice having at least one normal Ztsgl allele replaced by a nonfunctional Ztsgl gene.
  • One method of designing a nonfunctional Ztsgl gene is to insert another gene, such as a selectable marker gene, within a nucleic acid molecule that encodes murine Ztsgl.
  • Standard methods for producing these so- called “knockout mice” are known to those skilled in the art [see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), and Wu et al, "New Strategies for Gene Knockout,” in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 339-365 (CRC Press 1997)].
  • the polynucleotides provided by the present invention can be used by the research community for various purposes.
  • the polynucleotides can be used to express recombinant protein for analysis, characterization or therapeutic; as markers for tissues in which the corresponding protein is preferentially expressed (either constitutively or at a particular stage of tissue differentiation or development or disease states); as molecular weight markers on Southern gels; as chromosome markers (when labeled) to map related gene positions; to compare with endogenous DNA sequences in patients to identify potential genetic disorders; as probes to hybridize and thus discover novel, related DNA sequences; as a source of information to derive PCR primers for genetic fingerprinting; as a probe to "subtract-out" known sequences in the process of discovering other novel polynucleotides; to raise anti-protein antibodies using DNA immunization techniques; and as an antigen to raise anti-DNA antibodies or elicit another immune response.
  • the polynucleotide encodes a protein which binds or potentially binds to another protein (such as, for example, in a receptor-ligand interaction)
  • the polynucleotide can also be used in interaction trap assays [such as, for example, that described in Gyuris et al. Cell 75:791-803 (1993)] to identify polynucleotides encoding the other protein with which binding occurs or to identify inhibitors of the binding interaction.
  • the proteins provided by the present invention can similarly be used to raise antibodies or to elicit another immune response: as a reagent (including the labeled reagent) in assays designed to quantitatively determine levels of the protein (or its receptor) in biological fluids; as markers for tissues using labeled antibodies; and to isolate correlative receptors or ligands.
  • the protein binds or potentially binds to another protein (such as, for example, in a receptor-ligand interaction)
  • the protein can be used to identify the other protein with which binding occurs or to identify inhibitors of the binding interaction. Proteins involved in these binding interactions can also be used to screen for peptide or small molecule inhibitors or agonists of the binding interaction. Any or all of these "research tool” utilities are capable of being developed into reagent grade or kit format for commercialization as "research products”.
  • a protein of the present invention may exhibit cytokine-cell proliferation (either inducing or inhibiting) or cell differentiation (either inducing or inhibiting)activity or may induce production of other cytokines in certain cell populations.
  • cytokine-cell proliferation either inducing or inhibiting
  • cell differentiation either inducing or inhibiting
  • the activity of a protein of the present invention is evidenced by any one of a number of routine factor dependent cell proliferation assays for cell lines including without limitation, 32D, DA2, DA1G, T10, B9, B9/11, BaF3, MC9/G, M+(preB M+), 2E8, RB5, DAI, 123, T1165, HT2, CTLL2, TF-1, Mo7e and CMK.
  • the activity of a protein of the invention may, among other means, be measured by assays for T-cell or thymocyte proliferation, assays for cytokine production or proliferation of spleen cells, lymph node cells or thymocytes, assays for proliferation and differentiation of hematopoietic and lymphopoietic cells, and assays for T-cell clone responses to antigens which will identify, among others, proteins that affect antigen-presenting cells (APC)/T-cell interactions as well as direct T-cell effects by measuring proliferation and cjrtokine production.
  • APC antigen-presenting cells
  • immunological assays include assays for T-cell dependent immunoglobulin responses and isotj ⁇ e switching (which will identify, among others, proteins that modulate T-cell dependent antibody responses and that affect Thl/Th2 profiles); mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR) assays (which will identify proteins that generate predominantly Thl and CTL responses); dendritic cell-dependent assays (which will identify, among others, proteins expressed a by dendritic cells that activate naive T-cells); assays for lymphocyte survival/apoptosis (which will identify proteins that prevent apoptosis after superantigen induction and proteins that regulate lymphocj'te homeostasis);assays for B cell function and assays for protein that influence early steps of T-cell commitment and development.
  • MLR mixed lymphocyte reaction
  • dendritic cell-dependent assays which will identify, among others, proteins expressed a by dendritic cells that activate naive T-cells
  • lymphocyte survival/apoptosis which
  • a protein of the present invention may also exhibit immune stimulating or immune suppressing activity including, without limitation, the activities for which assays are described herein.
  • a protein may be useful in the treatment of various immune deficiencies and disorders [including severe combined immunodeficiency (SCIC)], e.g., in regulating (up or down) growth and proliferation of T or B lymphocj es., as well as effecting the c ol ic activity of natural killer (NK) cells and other cell populations.
  • SCIC severe combined immunodeficiency
  • NK natural killer
  • These immune deficiencies may be genetic or by caused by viral as well as bacterial or fungal infections or may result from autoimmune disorders.
  • the protein of the present invention by may possibly be used to treat such diseases or to boost the immune system.
  • Hematopoiesis The protein of the present invention may be useful in promoting hematopoiesis, including causing proliferation of red blood cells, megakaryocjrtes, and myeloid cells such as monocjrtes/macrophages.
  • Assays for relating to stem cell growth or differentiation include: Freshney, M.G., in Culture of Hematopoietic Cells, Frshney, R.I. et al, Eds. (Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1994); Johansson et al. Cell. Bio. 75:141-151 (1995); Keller et al, Mol & Cell. Bio.
  • Tissue Regeneration or Repair The protein of the present invention may be used to repair or regenerate any number of different tissues including bone, ligaments, tendons, neurons and skin. Assays for tissue regeneration include those described in International Patent Publication No. WO95/16035 (bone, cartilage, tendon); WO95/05846 (neuron); and WO91/07491 (skin, endothelium).
  • a protein of the present invention may also exhibit activin or inhibin related activities.
  • Inhibin is a glycoprotein that circulates in plasma and inhibits gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH)-stimulated follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) secretion by the pituitary gland.
  • GnRH gonadotropin-releasing hormone
  • FSH follicle stimulating hormone
  • the protein of the present invention may be useful as a contraceptive or as a based upon the ability of inhibins to decrease fertility in female mammals and decrease spermatogenesis in male mammals.
  • Assays for activin/inhibin activity are described in the following: Vale et al, Endocrinology 91:561-511 (1972); Ling et al, Nature 321: 779-782 (1986); Vale et al, Nature 321:116-119 (1986); Mason et al, Nature 318:659-663 (1985); Forage et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:3091-3095 (1986).
  • the activity and effect of Ztsgl, on tumor progression and metastasis can be measured in vivo.
  • Several syngeneic mouse models have been developed to study the influence of polj ⁇ eptides, compounds or other treatments on tumor progression.
  • tumor cells passaged in culture are implanted into mice of the same strain as the tumor donor. The cells will develop into tumors having similar characteristics in the recipient mice, and metastasis will also occur in some of the models.
  • Appropriate tumor models for our studies include the Lewis lung carcinoma (ATCC No. CRL- 1642) and B16 melanoma (ATCC No. CRL-6323), amongst others.
  • C57BL6/J mice are treated with an experimental agent either through daily injection of recombinant protein, agonist or antagonist or a one-time injection of recombinant adenovirus. Three days following this treatment, 10 to 10 cells are implanted under the dorsal skin.
  • the cells themselves may be infected with recombinant adenovirus, such as one expressing Ztsgl, before implantation so that the protein is synthesized at the tumor site or intracellular, rather than systemically.
  • adenovirus such as one expressing Ztsgl
  • the mice normally develop visible tumors within 5 days. The tumors are allowed to grow for a
  • the implanted cells can be transiently transfected with Ztsgl.
  • Ztsgl transfectants as well as use of inducible promoters to activate Ztsgl expression in vivo are known in the art and can be used in this system to assess Ztsgl induction of metastasis.
  • Rusciano D et al. Murine Models of Liver Metastasis. Invasion Metastasis 74:349-361 (1995).
  • Polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention will additionally find use as educational tools as a laboratory practicum kits for courses related to genetics and molecular biology, protein chemistry and antibody production and analysis. Due to its unique polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence molecules of Ztsgl can be used as standards or as "unknowns" for testing purposes.
  • Ztsgl polynucleotides can be used as an aid, such as, for example, to teach a student how to prepare expression constructs for bacterial, viral, and/or mammalian expression, including fusion constructs, wherein Ztsgl is the gene to be expressed; for determining the restriction endonuclease cleavage sites of the polynucleotides; determining mRNA and DNA localization of Ztsgl polynucleotides in tissues (i.e., by Northern and Southern blotting as well as polymerase chain reaction); and for identifying related polynucleotides and polypeptides by nucleic acid hybridization.
  • Ztsgl polypeptides can be used educationally as an aid to teach preparation of antibodies; identifying proteins by Western blotting; protein purification; determining the weight of expressed Ztsgl polypeptides as a ratio to total protein expressed; identifying peptide cleavage sites; coupling amino and carboxyl terminal tags; amino acid sequence analysis, as well as, but not limited to monitoring biological activities of both the native and tagged protein (i.e., receptor binding, signal transduction, proliferation, and differentiation) in vitro and in vivo.
  • native and tagged protein i.e., receptor binding, signal transduction, proliferation, and differentiation
  • Ztsgl polypeptides can also be used to teach analytical skills such as mass spectrometry, circular dichroism to determine conformation, in particular the locations of the disulfide bonds, x-ray crystallography to determine the three-dimensional structure in atomic detail, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy to reveal the structure of proteins in solution.
  • analytical skills such as mass spectrometry, circular dichroism to determine conformation, in particular the locations of the disulfide bonds, x-ray crystallography to determine the three-dimensional structure in atomic detail, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy to reveal the structure of proteins in solution.
  • a kit containing the Ztsgl can be given to the student to analyze. Since the amino acid sequence would be known by the professor, the protein can be given to the student as a test to determine the skills or develop the skills of the student, the teacher would then know whether or not the student has correctly analyzed the polypeptide. Since every polypeptide is unique, the educational utility of Ztsgl would be unique unto itself.
  • the antibodies which bind specifically to Ztsgl can be used as a teaching aid to instruct students how to prepare affinity chromatography columns to purify Ztsgl, cloning and sequencing the polynucleotide that encodes an antibody and thus as a practicum for teaching a student how to design humanized antibodies.
  • the Ztsgl gene, polypeptide or antibody would then be packaged by reagent companies and sold to universities so that the students gain skill in art of molecular biology. Because each gene and protein is unique, each gene and protein creates unique challenges and learning experiences for students in a lab practicum.
  • Such educational kits containing the Ztsgl gene, polypeptide, or antibody are considered within the scope of the present invention.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Measuring Or Testing Involving Enzymes Or Micro-Organisms (AREA)

Abstract

An educational kit containing Ztsg1 gene and optionally, a Ztsg1 polypeptide, antibody, and anti-idiotypic antibody. Tumor necrosis factor-stimulated protein (Ztsg1), polynucleotides that encode it and antibodies, which bind to it. Ztsg1 can be administered to an individual to stimulate the immune system. Antibodies to Ztsg1 can be used to diagnose rheumatoid arthritis in an individual.

Description

EDUCATIONAL KIT AND METHOD USING TUMOR NECROSIS FACTOR- STIMULATED GENE AND PROTEIN
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
To teach basic molecular biology full-length cDNAs need to be provided to the students in educational kits for use in laboratory practica. Students can then use these full-length cDNAs to learn and practice to make expression vector, learn to transfect the cells and produce full-length protein. The DNA that encodes the protein can also be used to teach Northern blot analysis to learn how to determine in which tissues the mRNA is produced. Having identified where the mRNA is expressed, the mRNA in the tissue can then be isolated and cDNA produced. The student can then learn how to make a cDNA library. The novel polynucleotide can then be used to teach at student how to probe a cDNA library to determine which clone or clones contain the newly discovered polynucleotide. The novel polynucleotide can also be used to teach chromosome localization.
To teach protein chemistry, a novel full-length protein can be used so the student can have practical learning experiences in protein purification procedures, protein re-folding when the protein is produced in prokaryotic host cells, and how to make both monoclonal and polyclonal antibodies. Antibodies that bind to mature protein can also be used to learn how to make affinity purification columns, to do enzyme-linked immunoabsorbent assay (ELISA). Particularly useful novel genes, proteins and antibodies are those related to growth factors.
Hormones and polypeptide growth factors control proliferation, maintenance, survival and differentiation of cells of multicellular organisms. These diffusable molecules allow cells to communicate with each other and act in concert to form cells and organs, and to repair and regenerate damaged tissue. Examples of hormones and growth factors include the steroid hormones (e.g. estrogen, testosterone), parathyroid hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, the interleukins, platelet derived growth factor (PDGF), epidermal growth factor (EGF), granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor (GM-CSF), erythropoietin (EPO) and calcitonin.
Hormones and growth factors influence cellular metabolism by binding to proteins. Proteins may be integral membrane proteins that are linked to signaling pathways within the cell, such as second messenger systems. Other classes of proteins are soluble molecules, such as the transcription factors.
Of particular interest are cytokines, molecules that promote the proliferation, maintenance, survival or differentiation of cells. Examples of cytokines include erythropoietin (EPO), which stimulates the development of red blood cells; thrombopoietin (TPO), which stimulates development of cells of the megakaryocyte lineage; and granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF), which stimulates development of neutrophils. These cytokines are useful in restoring normal blood cell levels in patients suffering from anemia or receiving chemotherapy for cancer. The demonstrated in vivo activities of these cytokines illustrates the enormous clinical potential of, and need for, other cytokines, cytokine agonists, and cytokine antagonists.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
The present invention fills this need by providing for a novel tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene, designated "Ztsgl", which is particularly useful in the teaching of molecular biology. The present invention also provides Ztsgl polypeptides and Ztsgl fusion proteins, as well as nucleic acid molecules encoding such polypeptides and proteins. The Ztsgl polypeptides are especially useful in the teaching of protein chemistry. The Ztsgl polypeptide and the DNA that encodes the Ztsgl polypeptide are shown by SEQ ID NOs: 1 and 2.
The present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions that comprise such polypeptides, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The present invention also provides isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode a Ztsgl polypeptide. The present invention also provides vectors and expression vectors comprising such nucleic acid molecules, recombinant host cells comprising such vectors and expression vectors, and recombinant viruses comprising such expression vectors. These expression vectors and recombinant host cells can be used to prepare Ztsgl polypeptides. In addition, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions, comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and at least one of such an expression vector or recombinant virus. Preferably, such pharmaceutical compositions comprise a human Ztsgl gene, or a variant thereof.
The present invention further contemplates antibodies and antibody fragments that specifically bind with Ztsgl polypeptides. Such antibodies include polyclonal antibodies, murine monoclonal antibodies, humanized antibodies derived from murine monoclonal antibodies, and human monoclonal antibodies. Examples of antibody fragments include F(ab')2, F(ab)2, Fab', Fab, Fv, scFv, and minimal recognition units. The present invention also provides methods for detecting the presence of
Ztsgl RNA in a biological sample, comprising the steps of:
(a) contacting an Ztsgl nucleic acid probe under hybridizing conditions with either (i) test RNA molecules isolated from the biological sample, or (ii) nucleic acid molecules synthesized from the isolated RNA molecules, wherein the probe has a nucleotide sequence comprising a portion of the nucleotide sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NO: 1, the complement of SEQ ID NO: 1„ and
(b) detecting the formation of hybrids of the nucleic acid probe and either the test RNA molecules or the synthesized nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of the hybrids indicates the presence of Ztsgl in the biological sample.
In addition, the presence of Ztsgl polypeptide in a biological sample can be detected by methods that comprise the steps of (a) contacting the biological sample with an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2, wherein the contacting is performed under conditions that allow the binding of the antibody or antibody fragment to the biological sample, and (b) detecting any of the bound antibody or bound antibody fragment.
A kit for detection of Ztsgl polypeptide may comprise a container that comprises an antibody, or an antibody fragment, that specifically binds with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 2 - 13. The present invention further includes methods for detecting an alteration in a chromosome containing Ztsgl. Illustrative chromosomal aberrations at the Ztsgl gene locus include aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. These aberrations can occur within flanking sequences, including upstream promoter and regulatory regions, and can be manifested as physical alterations within a coding sequence or changes in gene expression level. Such methods are effected by examining the Ztsgl gene and its gene products. In general, suitable assay methods include molecular genetic techniques known to those in the art, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism analysis, short tandem repeat analysis employing polymerase chain reaction techniques, ligation chain reaction, ribonuclease protection assays, use of single-nucleotide polymorphisms, protein truncation assays, and other genetic linkage techniques known in the art.
In particular, the present invention provides methods for diagnosing an alteration in the Ztsgl gene of an individual, comprising: (a) amplifying nucleic acid molecules that encode Ztsgl from RNA isolated from a biological sample of the individual, and (b) detecting a mutation in the amplified nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of a mutation indicates an alteration in the Ztsgl gene. Similarly, methods of detecting a chromosome abnormality in a subject comprise: (a) amplifying nucleic acid molecules that encode Ztsgl from RNA isolated from a biological sample of the subject, and (b) detecting a mutation in the amplified nucleic acid molecules, wherein the presence of a mutation indicates a chromosome abnormality. In variations of these methods, the detecting step is performed by comparing the nucleotide sequence of the amplified nucleic acid molecules to the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NOs:l. Alternatively, the detecting step can be performed by fractionating the amplified nucleic acid molecules and control nucleic acid molecules that encode the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 2-13, and comparing the lengths of the fractionated amplified and control nucleic acid molecules. Exemplary methods for amplification include polymerase chain reaction or reverse transcriptase-polymerase chain reaction.
Administration of Ztsgl can be useful to stimulate the immune system.
Antibodies to Ztsgl can be administered to alleviate rheumatoid arthritis.
The teachings of all the references cited herein are incorporated in their entirety herein by reference. Definitions
In the description that follows, a number of terms are used extensively. The following definitions are provided to facilitate understanding of the invention.
As used herein, "nucleic acid" or "nucleic acid molecule" refers to polynucleotides, such as deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA), oligonucleotides, fragments generated by the polymerase chain reaction (PCR), and fragments generated by any of ligation, scission, endonuclease action, and exonuclease action. Nucleic acid molecules can be composed of monomers that are naturally occurring nucleotides (such as DNA and RNA), or analogs of naturally occurring nucleotides (e.g., α-enantiomeric forms of naturally-occurring nucleotides), or a combination of both. Modified nucleotides can have alterations in sugar moieties and/or in pyrimidine or purine base moieties. Sugar modifications include, for example, replacement of one or more hydroxyl groups with halogens, alkyl groups, amines, and azido groups, or sugars can be functionalized as ethers or esters. Moreover, the entire sugar moiety can be replaced with sterically and electronically similar structures, such as aza-sugars and carbocyclic sugar analogs. Examples of modifications in a base moiety include alkylated purines and pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other well- known heterocyclic substitutes. Nucleic acid monomers can be linked by phosphodiester bonds or analogs of such linkages. Analogs of phosphodiester linkages include phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phosphoranilidate, phosphoramidate, and the like. The term "nucleic acid molecule" also includes so-called "peptide nucleic acids," which comprise naturally occurring or modified nucleic acid bases attached to a polyamide backbone.
Nucleic acids can be either single stranded or double stranded.
The term "complement of a nucleic acid molecule" refers to a nucleic acid molecule having a complementary nucleotide sequence and reverse orientation as compared to a reference nucleotide sequence. For example, the sequence 5' ATGCACGGG 3' is complementary to 5' CCCGTGCAT 3'.
The term "contig" denotes a nucleic acid molecule that has a contiguous stretch of identical or complementary sequence to another nucleic acid molecule. Contiguous sequences are said to "overlap" a given stretch of a nucleic acid molecule either in their entirety or along a partial stretch of the nucleic acid molecule. The term "degenerate nucleotide sequence" denotes a sequence of nucleotides that includes one or more degenerate codons as compared to a reference nucleic acid molecule that encodes a polypeptide. Degenerate codons contain different triplets of nucleotides, but encode the same amino acid residue (i.e., GAU and GAC triplets each encode Asp).
The term "structural gene" refers to a nucleic acid molecule that is transcribed into messenger RNA (mRNA), which is then translated into a sequence of amino acids characteristic of a specific polypeptide.
An "isolated nucleic acid molecule" is a nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genomic DNA of an organism. For example, a DNA molecule that encodes a growth factor that has been separated from the genomic DNA of a cell is an isolated DNA molecule. Another example of an isolated nucleic acid molecule is a chemically synthesized nucleic acid molecule that is not integrated in the genome of an organism. A nucleic acid molecule that has been isolated from a particular species is smaller than the complete DNA molecule of a chromosome from that species.
A "nucleic acid molecule construct" is a nucleic acid molecule, either single- or double-stranded, that has been modified through human intervention to contain segments of nucleic acid combined and juxtaposed in an arrangement not existing in nature.
"Linear DNA" denotes non-circular DNA molecules having free 5' and 3' ends. Linear DNA can be prepared from closed circular DNA molecules, such as plasmids, by enzymatic digestion or physical disruption. "Complementary DNA (cDNA)" is a single-stranded DNA molecule that is formed from an mRNA template by the enzyme reverse transcriptase. Typically, a primer complementary to portions of mRNA is employed for the initiation of reverse transcription. Those skilled in the art also use the term "cDNA" to refer to a double-stranded DNA molecule consisting of such a single-stranded DNA molecule and its complementary DNA strand. The term "cDNA" also refers to a clone of a cDNA molecule synthesized from an
RNA template.
A "promoter" is a nucleotide sequence that directs the transcription of a structural gene. Typically, a promoter is located in the 5' non-coding region of a gene, proximal to the transcriptional start site of a structural gene. Sequence elements within promoters that function in the initiation of transcription are often characterized by consensus nucleotide sequences. These promoter elements include RNA polymerase binding sites, TATA sequences, CAAT sequences, differentiation-specific elements [DSEs; McGehee et al., Mol. Endocrinol. 7:551 (1993)], cyclic AMP response elements (CREs), serum response elements [SREs; Treisman, Seminars in Cancer Biol. 1:41 (1990)], glucocorticoid response elements (GREs), and binding sites for other transcription factors, such as CRE/ATF [O'Reilly et al, J. Biol. Chem. 267: 19938 (1992)], AP2 (Ye et al, J. Biol. Chem. 269:1511% (1994)), SP1, cAMP response element binding protein [CREB; Loeken, Gene Expr. 5:253 (1993)] and octamer factors (see, in general, Watson et al, eds., Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th ed. [The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company, Inc. (1987), and Lemaigre and Rousseau, Biochem. J. 303: 1 (1994)]. If a promoter is an inducible promoter, then the rate of transcription increases in response to an inducing agent. In contrast, the rate of transcription is not regulated by an inducing agent if the promoter is a constitutive promoter. Repressible promoters are also known.
A "core promoter" contains essential nucleotide sequences for promoter function, including the TATA box and start of transcription. By this definition, a core promoter may or may not have detectable activity in the absence of specific sequences that may enhance the activity or confer tissue specific activity.
A "regulatory element" is a nucleotide sequence that modulates the activity of a core promoter. For example, a regulatory element may contain a nucleotide sequence that binds with cellular factors enabling transcription exclusively or preferentially in particular cells, tissues, or organelles. These types of regulatory elements are normally associated with genes that are expressed in a "cell-specific," "tissue-specific," or "organelle-specific" manner. For example, the Ztsgl regulatory element preferentially induces gene expression in pituitary, melanocyte, fetal heart or pregnant uterus. An "enhancer" is a type of regulatory element that can increase the efficiency of transcription, regardless of the distance or orientation of the enhancer relative to the start site of transcription.
"Heterologous DNA" refers to a DNA molecule, or a population of DNA molecules, that does not exist naturally within a given host cell. DNA molecules heterologous to a particular host cell may contain DNA derived from the host cell species (i.e., endogenous DNA) so long as that host DNA is combined with non-host DNA (i.e., exogenous DNA). For example, a DNA molecule containing a non-host DNA segment encoding a polypeptide operably linked to a host DNA segment comprising a transcription promoter is considered to be a heterologous DNA molecule. Conversely, a heterologous DNA molecule can comprise an endogenous gene operably linked with an exogenous promoter. As another illustration, a DNA molecule comprising a gene derived from a wild-type cell is considered to be heterologous DNA if that DNA molecule is introduced into a mutant cell that lacks the wild-type gene.
A "polypeptide" is a polymer of amino acid residues joined by peptide bonds, whether produced naturally or synthetically. Poljφeptides of less than about 10 amino acid residues are commonly referred to as "peptides." A "protein" is a macromolecule comprising one or more polypeptide chains. A protein may also comprise non-peptidic components, such as carbohydrate groups. Carbohydrates and other non-peptidic substituents may be added to a protein by the cell in which the protein is produced, and will vary with the type of cell. Proteins are defined herein in terms of their amino acid backbone structures; substituents such as carbohydrate groups are generally not specified, but may be present nonetheless.
A peptide or polypeptide encoded by a non-host DNA molecule is a "heterologous" peptide or polypeptide.
An "integrated genetic element" is a segment of DNA that has been incorporated into a chromosome of a host cell after that element is introduced into the cell through human manipulation. Within the present invention, integrated genetic elements are most commonly derived from linearized plasmids that are introduced into the cells by electroporation or other techniques. Integrated genetic elements are passed from the original host cell to its progeny. A "cloning vector" is a nucleic acid molecule such as a plasmid, cosmid, or bacteriophage that has the capability of replicating autonomously in a host cell. Cloning vectors typically contain one or a small number of restriction endonuclease recognition sites that allow insertion of a nucleic acid molecule in a determinable fashion without loss of an essential biological function of the vector, as well as nucleotide sequences encoding a marker gene that is suitable for use in the identification and selection of cells transformed with the cloning vector. Marker genes typically include genes that provide tetracycline resistance or ampicillin resistance.
An "expression vector" is a nucleic acid molecule encoding a gene that is expressed in a host cell. Typically, an expression vector comprises a transcription promoter, a gene, and a transcription terminator. Gene expression is usually placed under the control of a promoter, and such a gene is said to be "operably linked to" the promoter. Similarly, a regulatory element and a core promoter are operably linked if the regulatory element modulates the activity of the core promoter.
A "recombinant host" is a cell that contains a heterologous nucleic acid molecule, such as a cloning vector or expression vector. In the present context, an example of a recombinant host is a cell that produces Ztsgl from an expression vector. In contrast, Ztsgl can be produced by a cell that is a "natural source" of Ztsgl, and that lacks an expression vector.
"Integrative transformants" are recombinant host cells, in which heterologous DNA has become integrated into the genomic DNA of the cells.
A "fusion protein" is a hybrid protein expressed by a nucleic acid molecule comprising nucleotide sequences of at least two genes. For example, a fusion protein can comprise at least part of an Ztsgl polypeptide fused with a polypeptide that binds an affinity matrix. Such a fusion protein provides a means to isolate large quantities of Ztsgl using affinity chromatography.
The term "receptor" denotes a cell-associated protein that binds to a bioactive molecule termed a "ligand." This interaction mediates the effect of the ligand on the cell. Receptors can be membrane bound, cytosolic or nuclear; monomeric (e.g., thyroid stimulating hormone receptor, beta-adrenergic receptor) or multimeric (e.g., PDGF receptor, growth hormone receptor, EL-3 receptor, GM-CSF receptor, G-CSF receptor, erythropoietin receptor and IL-6 receptor). Membrane-bound receptors are characterized by a multi-domain structure comprising an extracellular ligand-binding domain and an intracellular effector domain that is typically involved in signal transduction. In certain membrane-bound receptors, the extracellular ligand-binding domain and the intracellular effector domain are located in separate polypeptides that comprise the complete functional receptor. In general, the binding of ligand to receptor results in a conformational change in the receptor that causes an interaction between the effector domain and other molecule(s) in the cell, which in turn leads to an alteration in the metabolism of the cell. Metabolic events that are often linked to receptor-ligand interactions include gene transcription, phosphorylation, dephosphorylation, increases in cyclic AMP production, mobilization of cellular calcium, mobilization of membrane lipids, cell adhesion, hydrolysis of inositol lipids and hydrolysis of phospholipids.
The term "secretory signal sequence" denotes a DNA sequence that encodes a peptide (a "secretory peptide") that, as a component of a larger polypeptide, directs the larger polypeptide through a secretory pathway of a cell in which it is synthesized. The larger polypeptide is commonly cleaved to remove the secretory peptide during transit through the secretory pathway.
An "isolated polypeptide" is a polypeptide that is essentially free from contaminating cellular components, such as carbohydrate, lipid, or other proteinaceous impurities associated with the polypeptide in nature. Typically, a preparation of isolated polypeptide contains the polypeptide in a highly purified form, i.e., at least about 80% pure, at least about 90% pure, at least about 95% pure, greater than 95% pure, or greater than 99% pure. One way to show that a particular protein preparation contains an isolated polypeptide is by the appearance of a single band following sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS)-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis of the protein preparation and Coomassie Brilliant Blue staining of the gel. However, the term "isolated" does not exclude the presence of the same polypeptide in alternative physical forms, such as dimers or alternatively glycosylated or derivatized forms. The terms "amino-terminal or N-terminal" and "carboxyl-terminal or C- terminal" are used herein to denote positions within poljφeptides. Where the context allows, these terms are used with reference to a particular sequence or portion of a polypeptide to denote proximity or relative position. For example, a certain sequence positioned carboxyl-terminal to a reference sequence within a polypeptide is located proximal to the carboxyl terminus of the reference sequence, but is not necessarily at the carboxyl terminus of the complete polypeptide.
The term "expression" refers to the biosynthesis of a gene product. For example, in the case of a structural gene, expression involves transcription of the structural gene into mRNA and the translation of mRNA into one or more polypeptides.
The term "splice variant" is used herein to denote alternative forms of RNA transcribed from a gene. Splice variation arises naturally through use of alternative splicing sites within a transcribed RNA molecule, or less commonly between separately transcribed RNA molecules, and may result in several mRNAs transcribed from the same gene. Splice variants may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence. The term splice variant is also used herein to denote a polypeptide encoded by a splice variant of an mRNA transcribed from a gene.
As used herein, the term "immunomodulator" includes cytokines, stem cell growth factors, lymphotoxins, co-stimulatory molecules, hematopoietic factors, and synthetic analogs of these molecules.
The term "complement/anti-complement pair" denotes non-identical moieties that form a non-covalently associated, stable pair under appropriate conditions. For instance, biotin and avidin (or streptavidin) are prototypical members of a complement/anti-complement pair. Other exemplary complement/anti-complement pairs include receptor/ligand pairs, antibody/antigen (or hapten or epitope) pairs, sense/antisense polynucleotide pairs, and the like. Where subsequent dissociation of the complement/anti-complement pair is desirable, the complement/anti-complement pair preferably has a binding affinity of less than 109 M"1.
An "anti-idiotype antibody" is an antibody that binds with the variable region domain of an immunoglobulin. In the present context, an anti-idiotype antibody binds with the variable region of an anti- Ztsgl -antibody, and thus, an anti-idiotype antibody mimics an epitope of Ztsgl.
An "antibody fragment" is a portion of an antibody such as F(ab')2, F(ab)2, Fab', Fab, and the like. Regardless of structure, an antibody fragment binds with the same antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, a Ztsgl monoclonal antibody fragment binds with an epitope of Ztsgl. The term "antibody fragment" also includes a synthetic or a genetically engineered polypeptide that binds to a specific antigen, such as polypeptides consisting of the light chain variable region, "Fv" fragments consisting of the variable regions of the heavy and light chains, recombinant single chain polypeptide molecules in which light and heavy variable regions are connected by a peptide linker ("scFv proteins"), and minimal recognition units consisting of the amino acid residues that mimic the hypervariable region.
A "chimeric antibody" is a recombinant protein that contains the variable domains and complementary determining regions derived from a rodent antibody, while the remainder of the antibody molecule is derived from a human antibody. "Humanized antibodies" are recombinant proteins in which murine complementarity determining regions of a monoclonal antibody have been transferred from heavy and light variable chains of the murine immunoglobulin into a human variable domain.
As used herein, a "therapeutic agent" is a molecule or atom that is conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a conjugate, which is useful for therapy. Examples of therapeutic agents include drugs, toxins, immunomodulators, chelators, boron compounds, photoactive agents or dyes, and radioisotopes.
A "detectable label" is a molecule or atom, which can be conjugated to an antibody moiety to produce a molecule useful for diagnosis. Examples of detectable labels include chelators, photoactive agents, radioisotopes, fluorescent agents, paramagnetic ions, or other marker moieties.
The term "affinity tag" is used herein to denote a polypeptide segment that can be attached to a second polypeptide to provide for purification or detection of the second polypeptide or provide sites for attachment of the second polypeptide to a substrate. In principal, any peptide or protein for which an antibody or other specific binding agent is available can be used as an affinity tag. Affinity tags include a poly- histidine tract, protein A [Nilsson et al, EMBO J. 4:1075 (1985); Nilsson et al, Methods Enzymol. 198:3 (1991)], glutathione S transferase [Smith and Johnson, Gene 67:31 (1988)], Glu-Glu affinity tag [Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 82:1952 (1985)], substance P, FLAG peptide [Hopp et al, Biotechnology 6:1104 (1988)], streptavidin binding peptide, or other antigenic epitope or binding domain. See, in general, Ford et al, Protein Expression and Purification 2:95 (1991). DNAs encoding affinity tags are available from commercial suppliers (e.g., Pharmacia Biotech, Piscataway, NJ). A "naked antibody" is an entire antibody, as opposed to an antibody fragment, which is not conjugated with a therapeutic agent. Naked antibodies include both polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies, as well as certain recombinant antibodies, such as chimeric and humanized antibodies.
As used herein, the term "antibody component" includes both an entire antibody and an antibody fragment. An "immunoconjugate" is a conjugate of an antibody component with a therapeutic agent or a detectable label.
As used herein, the term "antibody fusion protein" refers to a recombinant molecule that comprises an antibody component and a therapeutic agent. Examples of therapeutic agents suitable for such fusion proteins include immunomodulators ("antibody-immunomodulator fusion protein") and toxins ("antibody-toxin fusion protein").
A "tumor associated antigen" is a protein normally not expressed, or expressed at lower levels, by a normal counterpart cell. Examples of tumor-associated antigens include alpha-fetoprotein, carcinoembryonic antigen, and Her-2/neu. See Urban et al, Ann. Rev. Immunol. 10:611 (1992).
As used herein, an "infectious agent" denotes both microbes and parasites. A "microbe" includes viruses, bacteria, rickettsia, mycoplasma, protozoa, fungi and like microorganisms. A "parasite" denotes infectious, generally microscopic or very small multicellular invertebrates, or ova or juvenile forms thereof, which are susceptible to immune-mediated clearance or lytic or phagocytic destruction, such as malarial parasites, spirochetes, and the like.
An "infectious agent antigen" is an antigen associated with an infectious agent.
A "target polypeptide" or a "target peptide" is an amino acid sequence that comprises at least one epitope, and that is expressed on a target cell, such as a tumor cell, or a cell that carries an infectious agent antigen. T cells recognize peptide epitopes presented by a major histocompatibility complex molecule to a target polypeptide or target peptide and typically lyse the target cell or recruit other immune cells to the site of the target cell, thereby killing the target cell. An "antigenic peptide" is a peptide that will bind a major histocompatibility complex molecule to form an MHC-peptide complex, which is recognized by a T cell, thereby inducing a cytotoxic lymphocyte response upon presentation to the T cell. Thus, antigenic peptides are capable of binding to an appropriate major histocompatibility complex molecule and inducing a cytotoxic T cells response, such as cell lysis or specific cytokine release against the target cell that binds or expresses the antigen. The antigenic peptide can be bound in the context of a class I or class II major histocompatibility complex molecule, on an antigen presenting cell or on a target cell.
In eukaryotes, RNA polymerase π catalyzes the transcription of a structural gene to produce mRNA. A nucleic acid molecule can be designed to contain an RNA polymerase II template in which the RNA transcript has a sequence that is complementary' to that of a specific mRNA. The RNA transcript is termed an "anti- sense RNA" and a nucleic acid molecule that encodes the anti-sense RNA is termed an "anti-sense gene." Anti-sense RNA molecules are capable of binding to mRNA molecules, resulting in an inhibition of mRNA translation. An "anti-sense oligonucleotide specific for Ztsgl" or an "Ztsgl anti-sense oligonucleotide" is an oligonucleotide having a sequence (a) capable of forming a stable triplex with a portion of the Ztsgl gene, or (b) capable of forming a stable duplex with a portion of an mRNA transcript of the Ztsgl gene.
A "ribozyme" is a nucleic acid molecule that contains a catalytic center. The term includes RNA enzymes, self-splicing RNAs, self-cleaving RNAs, and nucleic acid molecules that perform these catalytic functions. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes a ribozyme is termed a "ribozyme gene."
An "external guide sequence" is a nucleic acid molecule that directs the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, resulting in the cleavage of the mRNA by RNase P. A nucleic acid molecule that encodes an external guide sequence is termed an "external guide sequence gene."
The term "variant human Ztsgl gene" refers to nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is a modification of SEQ ID NO: 2. Such variants include naturally-occurring polymorphisms of Ztsgl genes, as well as synthetic genes that contain conservative amino acid substitutions of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2. Additional variant forms of Ztsgl genes are nucleic acid molecules that contain insertions or deletions of the nucleotide sequences described herein. A variant Ztsgl gene can be identified by determining whether the gene hybridizes with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , or its complement, under stringent conditions.
Alternatively, variant Ztsgl genes can be identified by sequence comparison. Two amino acid sequences have "100% amino acid sequence identity" if the amino acid residues of the two amino acid sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Similarly, two nucleotide sequences have "100% nucleotide sequence identity" if the nucleotide residues of the two nucleotide sequences are the same when aligned for maximal correspondence. Sequence comparisons can be performed using standard software programs such as those included in the LASERGENE bioinformatics computing suite, which is produced by DNASTAR (Madison, Wisconsin). Other methods for comparing two nucleotide or amino acid sequences by determining optimal alignment are well-known to those of skill in the art (see, for example, Peruski and Peruski, The Internet and the New Biology: Tools for Genomic and Molecular Research (ASM Press, Inc. 1997), Wu et al. (eds.), "Information
Superhighway and Computer Databases of Nucleic Acids and Proteins," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 123-151 [CRC Press, Inc. (1997)], and Bishop (ed.), Guide to Human Genome Computing, 2nd Edition [Academic Press, Inc. (1998)]. Particular methods for determining sequence identity are described below. Regardless of the particular method used to identify a variant Ztsgl gene or variant Ztsgl polypeptide, a variant gene or polypeptide encoded by a variant gene is functionally characterized by its ability to bind specifically to an anti-Ztsgl antibody.
The term "allelic variant" is used herein to denote any of two or more alternative forms of a gene occupying the same chromosomal locus. Allelic variation arises naturally through mutation, and may result in phenotypic polymorphism within populations. Gene mutations can be silent (no change in the encoded polypeptide) or may encode polypeptides having altered amino acid sequence.
The term "ortholog" denotes a polypeptide or protein obtained from one species that is the functional counterpart of a polypeptide or protein from a different species. Sequence differences among orthologs are the result of speciation.
"Paralogs" are distinct but structurally related proteins made by an organism. Paralogs are believed to arise through gene duplication. For example, - globin, β-globin, and myoglobin are paralogs of each other.
Due to the imprecision of standard analytical methods, molecular weights and lengths of polymers are understood to be approximate values. When such a value is expressed as "about" X or "approximately" X, the stated value of X will be understood to be accurate to ±10%.
Overview of Ztsgl Ztsgl is a protein expressed from a tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene.
Another member of this family is TSG-6, which is a hyaluronate binding protein, Lee, T.H., et al. J. Cell Bio. 116:545-551 (1992). TSG-6 has been detected in the synovial fluids from individuals with arthritis, but is not present in normal, non-inflamed synovial fluid. It was found to be constitutively expressed in synoviocytes from rheumatoid arthritis patients. Thus, it appears that Ztsgl can be used, like TSG-6, as a marker in arthritis and antibodies to Ztsgl can be used to treat rheumatoid arthritis patients. See Kohda, D., et al. Cell 86:161-115 (1996). Production of the Human Ztsgl Gene
Nucleic acid molecules encoding a human Ztsgl gene can be obtained by screening a human cDNA or genomic library using polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO: 1. These techniques are standard and well established.
As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a human Ztsgl gene can be isolated from a human cDNA library. In this case, the first step would be to prepare the cDNA library by isolating RNA from pancreas islets using methods well known to those of skill in the art. In general, RNA isolation techniques must provide a method for breaking cells, a means of inhibiting RNase-directed degradation of RNA, and a method of separating RNA from DNA, protein, and polysaccharide contaminants. For example, total RNA can be isolated by freezing tissue in liquid nitrogen, grinding the frozen tissue with a mortar and pestle to lyse the cells, extracting the ground tissue with a solution of phenol/chloroform to remove proteins, and separating RNA from the remaining impurities by selective precipitation with lithium chloride. See, for example, Ausubel et al (eds.), Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3rd Edition, pages 4-1 to 4-6 (John Wiley & Sons 1995) ["Ausubel (1995)"]; Wu et al, Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 33-41 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997) ["Wu (1997)"].
Alternatively, total RNA can be isolated from pancreatic islet tissue by extracting ground tissue with guanidinium isothiocyanate, extracting with organic solvents, and separating RNA from contaminants using differential centrifugation. See Chirgwin et al, Biochemistry 18:51 (1979); and Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-6; Wu (1997) at pages 33-41.
In order to construct a cDNA library, poly(A)+ RNA must be isolated from a total RNA preparation. Poly(A)+ RNA can be isolated from total RNA using the standard technique of oligo(dT)-cellulose chromatography (see, for example, Aviv and Leder, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 69:1408 (1972); Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-11 to 4-12).
Double-stranded cDNA molecules are synthesized from poly(A)+ RNA using techniques well known to those in the art. See, for example, Wu (1997) at pages 41-46. Moreover, commercially available kits can be used to synthesize double-stranded cDNA molecules. For example, such kits are available from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD), CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Promega Corporation (Madison, WI) and STRATAGENE (La Jolla, CA).
Various cloning vectors are appropriate for the construction of a cDNA library. For example, a cDNA library can be prepared in a vector derived from bacteriophage, such as a λgtlO vector. See, for example, Huynh et al, "Constructing and Screening cDNA Libraries in λgtlO and λgtl 1," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach Vol I, Glover (ed.), page 49 (IRL Press, 1985); Wu (1997) at pages 47-52.
Alternatively, double-stranded cDNA molecules can be inserted into a plasmid vector, such as a pBLUESCRIPT vector (STRATAGENE; La Jolla, CA), a LAMDAGEM-4 (Promega Corp.) or other commercially available vectors. Suitable cloning vectors also can be obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
To amplify the cloned cDNA molecules, the cDNA library is inserted into a prokaryotic host, using standard techniques. For example, a cDNA library can be introduced into competent E. coli DH5 cells, which can be obtained, for example, from Life Technologies, Inc. (Gaithersburg, MD).
A human genomic library can be prepared by means well known in the art [see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327]. Genomic DNA can be isolated by lysing tissue with the detergent Sarkosyl, digesting the lysate with proteinase K, clearing insoluble debris from the lysate by centrifugation, precipitating nucleic acid from the lysate using isopropanol, and purifying resuspended DNA on a cesium chloride density gradient.
DNA fragments that are suitable for the production of a genomic library can be obtained by the random shearing of genomic DNA or by the partial digestion of genomic DNA with restriction endonucleases. Genomic DNA fragments can be inserted into a vector, such as a bacteriophage or cosmid vector, in accordance with conventional techniques, such as the use of restriction enzyme digestion to provide appropriate termini, the use of alkaline phosphatase treatment to avoid undesirable joining of DNA molecules, and ligation with appropriate ligases. Techniques for such manipulation are well known in the art. See, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 5-1 to 5-6; Wu (1997) at pages 307-327.
Nucleic acid molecules that encode a human Ztsgl gene can also be obtained using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) with oligonucleotide primers having nucleotide sequences that are based upon the nucleotide sequences of the human Ztsgl gene, as described herein. General methods for screening libraries with PCR are provided by, for example, Yu et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Screen
Phage Libraries," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 211-215 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993). Moreover, techniques for using PCR to isolate related genes are described by, for example, Preston, "Use of Degenerate Oligonucleotide Primers and the Polymerase Chain Reaction to Clone Gene Family Members," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 317-337 (Humana Press, Inc. 1993). Alternatively, human genomic libraries can be obtained from commercial sources such as Research Genetics (Huntsville, AL) and the American Type Culture Collection (Manassas, VA).
A library containing cDNA or genomic clones can be screened with one or more polynucleotide probes based upon SEQ ID NO: 1 , using standard methods (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-1 to 6-11).
Anti-Ztsgl antibodies, produced as described below, can also be used to isolate DNA sequences that encode human Ztsgl genes from cDNA libraries. For example, the antibodies can be used to screen λgtl 1 expression libraries, or the antibodies can be used for immunoscreening following hybrid selection and translation [see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 6-12 to 6-16; Margolis et al, "Screening λ expression libraries with antibody and protein probes," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 1-14 (Oxford University Press 1995)].
As an alternative, a Ztsgl gene can be obtained by synthesizing nucleic acid molecules using mutually priming long oligonucleotides and the nucleotide sequences described herein (see, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-8 to 8-9). Established techniques using the polymerase chain reaction provide the ability to synthesize DNA molecules at least two kilobases in length (Adang et al, Plant Molec. Biol. 27:1131 (1993), Bambot et al, PCR Methods and Applications 2:266 (1993), Dillon et al, "Use of the Polymerase Chain Reaction for the Rapid Construction of Synthetic Genes," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol 15: PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications, White (ed.), pages 263-268, [Humana Press, Inc., 1993), and Holowachuk et al, PCR Methods Appl 4:199 (1995)].
The nucleic acid molecules of the present invention can also be synthesized with "DNA synthesizers" using protocols such as the phosphoramidite method. If chemically synthesized double stranded DNA is required for an application such as the synthesis of a gene or a gene fragment, then each complementary strand is made separately. The production of short genes (60 to 80 base pairs) is technically straightforward and can be accomplished by synthesizing the complementary strands and then annealing them. For the production of longer genes (>300 base pairs), however, special strategies may be required, because the coupling efficiency of each cycle during chemical DNA synthesis is seldom 100%. To overcome this problem, synthetic genes (double-stranded) are assembled in modular form from single-stranded fragments that are from 20 to 100 nucleotides in length. One method for building a synthetic gene requires the initial production of a set of overlapping, complementary oligonucleotides, each of which is between 20 to 60 nucleotides long. The sequences of the strands are planned so that, after annealing, the two end segments of the gene are aligned to give blunt ends. Each internal section of the gene has complementary 3' and 5' terminal extensions that are designed to base pair precisely with an adjacent section. Thus, after the gene is assembled, the only remaining requirement to complete the process is to seal the nicks along the backbones of the two strands with T4 DNA ligase. In addition to the protein coding sequence, synthetic genes can be designed with terminal sequences that facilitate insertion into a restriction endonuclease sites of a cloning vector and other sequences should also be added that contain signals for the proper initiation and termination of transcription and translation. An alternative way to prepare a full-size gene is to synthesize a specified set of overlapping oligonucleotides (40 to 100 nucleotides). After the 3' and 5' extensions (6 to 10 nucleotides) are annealed, large gaps still remain, but the base-paired regions are both long enough and stable enough to hold the structure together. The duplex is completed and the gaps filled by enzymatic DNA synthesis with E. coli DNA polymerase I. This enzyme uses the 3 '-hydroxyl groups as replication initiation points and the single-stranded regions as templates. After the enzymatic synthesis is completed, the nicks are sealed with T4 DNA ligase. For larger genes, the complete gene sequence is usually assembled from double-stranded fragments that are each put together by joining four to six overlapping oligonucleotides (20 to 60 base pairs each). If there is a sufficient amount of the double-stranded fragments after each synthesis and annealing step, they are simply joined to one another. Otherwise, each fragment is cloned into a vector to amplify the amount of DNA available. In both cases, the double-stranded constructs are sequentially linked to one another to form the entire gene sequence. Each double-stranded fragment and the complete sequence should be characterized by DNA sequence analysis to verify that the chemically synthesized gene has the correct nucleotide sequence. For reviews on polynucleotide synthesis, see, for example, Glick and Pasternak, Molecular Biotechnology, Principles and Applications of Recombinant DNA (ASM Press 1994), Itakura et al, Annu. Rev. Biochem. 55:323 (1984), and Climie et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 87:633 (1990).
The sequence of a Ztsgl cDNA or Ztsgl genomic fragment can be determined using standard methods. Moreover, the identification of genomic fragments containing a Ztsgl promoter or regulatory element can be achieved using well- established techniques, such as deletion analysis. See, generally, Ausubel (1995).
Cloning of 5' flanking sequences also facilitates production of Ztsgl proteins by "gene activation," following the methods disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,670. Briefly, expression of an endogenous Ztsgl gene in a cell is altered by introducing into the Ztsgl locus a DNA construct comprising at least a targeting sequence, a regulatory sequence, an exon, and an unpaired splice donor site. The targeting sequence is a Ztsgl 5' non-coding sequence that permits homologous recombination of the construct with the endogenous Ztsgl locus, wherein the sequences within the construct become operably linked with the endogenous Ztsgl coding sequence. In this way, an endogenous Ztsgl promoter can be replaced or supplemented with other regulatory sequences to provide enhanced, tissue-specific, or otherwise regulated expression.
Production of Ztsgl Gene Variants
The present invention provides a variety of nucleic acid molecules including DNA and RNA molecules that encode the Ztsgl polypeptides disclosed herein. Those skilled in the art will readily recognize that, in view of the degeneracy of the genetic code, considerable sequence variation is possible among these polynucleotide molecules.
Different species can exhibit "preferential codon usage." In general, see, Grantham et al, Nuc. Acids Res. &1893 (1980), Haas et al Curr. Biol. 6:315 (1996), Wain-Hobson et al, Gene 13:355 (1981), Grosjean and Fiers, Gene 18:199 (1982), Holm, Nuc. Acids Res. 14:3015 (1986), U emura, J. Mol Biol. 158:513 (1982), Sharp and Matassi, Curr. Opin. Genet. Dev. 4:851 (1994), Kane, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 6:494 (1995), and Makrides, Microbiol Rev. 60:512 (1996). As used herein, the term "preferential codon usage" or "preferential codons" is a term of art referring to protein translation codons that are most frequently used in cells of a certain species, thus favoring one or a few representatives of the possible codons encoding each amino acid. For example, the amino acid Threonine (Thr) may be encoded by ACA, ACC, ACG, or ACT, but in mammalian cells ACC is the most commonly used codon; in other species, for example, insect cells, yeast, viruses or bacteria, different Thr codons may be preferential. Preferential codons for a particular species can be introduced into the polynucleotides of the present invention by a variety of methods known in the art. Introduction of preferential codon sequences into recombinant DNA can, for example, enhance production of the protein by making protein translation more efficient within a particular cell type or species.
The present invention further provides variant polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that represent counterparts from other species (orthologs). These species include, but are not limited to mammalian, avian, amphibian, reptile, fish, insect and other vertebrate and invertebrate species. Of particular interest are Ztsgl polypeptides from other mammalian species, including murine, porcine, ovine, bovine, canine, feline, equine, and other primate polypeptides. Orthologs of human Ztsgl can be cloned using information and compositions provided by the present invention in combination with conventional cloning techniques. For example, a cDNA can be cloned using mRNA obtained from a tissue or cell type that expresses Ztsgl as disclosed herein. Suitable sources of mRNA can be identified by probing northern blots with probes designed from the sequences disclosed herein. A library is then prepared from mRNA of a positive tissue or cell line.
A Ztsgl -encoding cDNA can be isolated by a variety of methods, such as by probing with a complete or partial human cDNA or with one or more sets of degenerate probes based on the disclosed sequences. A cDNA can also be cloned using the polymerase chain reaction with primers designed from the representative human
Ztsgl sequences disclosed herein. Within an additional method, the cDNA library can be used to transform or transfect host cells, and expression of the cDNA of interest can be detected with an antibody to Ztsgl polypeptide. Similar techniques can also be applied to the isolation of genomic clones, and to the isolation of nucleic molecules that encode murine Ztsgl.
Those skilled in the art will recognize that the sequence disclosed in SEQ ID NO: 1 represents a single allele of human Ztsgl, and that allelic variation and alternative splicing are expected to occur. Allelic variants of this sequence can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals according to standard procedures. Allelic variants of the nucleotide sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 1, including those containing silent mutations and those in which mutations result in amino acid sequence changes, are within the scope of the present invention, as are proteins which are allelic variants of SEQ ID NO: 2. cDNA molecules generated from alternatively spliced mRNAs, which retain the properties of the Ztsgl polypeptide are included within the scope of the present invention, as are polypeptides encoded by such cDNAs and mRNAs. Allelic variants and splice variants of these sequences can be cloned by probing cDNA or genomic libraries from different individuals or tissues according to standard procedures known in the art.
Within preferred embodiments of the invention, isolated nucleic acid molecules that encode human Ztsgl can hybridize to nucleic acid molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a sequence complementary thereto, under "stringent conditions." In general, stringent conditions are selected to be about 5°C lower than the thermal melting point (Tm) for the specific sequence at a defined ionic strength and pH. The Tm is the temperature (under defined ionic strength and pH) at which 50% of the target sequence hybridizes to a perfectly matched probe.
As an illustration, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a variant Ztsgl polypeptide can be hybridized with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) at 42°C overnight in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5xSSC (lxSSC: 0.15 M sodium chloride and 15 mM sodium citrate), 50 mM sodium phosphate (pH 7.6), 5x Denhardt's solution (lOOx Denhardt's solution: 2% (w/v) Ficoll 400, 2% (w/v) polyvinylpyrrolidone, and 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin), 10% dextran sulfate, and 20 μg/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA. One of skill in the art can devise variations of these hybridization conditions. For example, the hybridization mixture can be incubated at a higher temperature, such as about 65°C, in a solution that does not contain formamide. Moreover, premixed hybridization solutions are available (e.g., EXPRESSHYB Hybridization Solution from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc.), and hybridization can be performed according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Following hybridization, the nucleic acid molecules can be washed to remove non-hybridized nucleic acid molecules under stringent conditions, or under highly stringent conditions. Typical stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1 % sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 55 - 65°C. That is, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Ztsgl polypeptide hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, including 0.5x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55°C, or 2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C. One of skill in the art can readily devise equivalent conditions, for example, by substituting SSPE for SSC in the wash solution.
Typical highly stringent washing conditions include washing in a solution of O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) at 50 - 65°C. In other words, nucleic acid molecules encoding a variant Ztsgl polypeptide hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, including O.lx SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50°C, or 0.2xSSC with 0.1% SDS at 65°C.
The present invention also provides isolated Ztsgl polypeptides that have a substantially similar sequence identity to the polypeptides of SEQ ID NO:2 or its orthologs. The term "substantially similar sequence identity" is used herein to denote polypeptides having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the sequences shown in SEQ ID NO:2 or its orthologs. The present invention also contemplates Ztsgl variant nucleic acid molecules that can be identified using two criteria: a determination of the similarity between the encoded polypeptide with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and a hybridization assay, as described above. Such Ztsgl variants include nucleic acid molecules (1) that hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to 0.5x - 2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 55 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NOs: 2. Alternatively, Ztsgl variants can be characterized as nucleic acid molecules (1) that hybridize with a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 (or its complement) under highly stringent washing conditions, in which the wash stringency is equivalent to O.lx - 0.2x SSC with 0.1% SDS at 50 - 65°C, and (2) that encode a polypeptide having at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2.
The present invention also contemplates human Ztsgl variant nucleic acid molecules identified by at least one of hybridization analysis and sequence identity determination, with reference to SEQ ID NO: 2. Percent sequence identity is determined by conventional methods. See, for example, Altschul et al, Bull. Math. Bio. 48:603 (1986), and Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA 89: 10915 (1992). Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1, and the "BLOSUM 62" scoring matrix of Henikoff and Henikoff (ibid.) as shown in Table 1 (amino acids are indicated by the standard one-letter codes). The percent identity is then calculated as: ([Total number of identical matches]/ [length of the longer sequence plus the number of gaps introduced into the longer sequence in order to align the two sequences])(100).
r- τ→
H -> C co
«Λ ^ <? ©
CL,
→ -si- *
>n w o CM
« ln C 0 c? c0 ^ ^ cO o ^
^ ON co -rt- r > c ' -H co T' c co _ — , ι < <-
Q ^o ro o r — ' ^ m ^" — ' 'T' eo — ! <-, -_ i T m m o ^ c O o --ι r<-) c ι θ C -_( ' C c
, in O ^ m ^ o N o ' M t ^ rO M rH -i ^ l rri - N N o v - θ N ri H H V(;? θ7r o
*
£ Those skilled in the art appreciate that there are many established algorithms available to align two amino acid sequences. The "FASTA" similarity search algorithm of Pearson and Lipman is a suitable protein alignment method for examining the level of identity shared by an amino acid sequence disclosed herein and the amino acid sequence of a putative Ztsgl variant. The FASTA algorithm is described by Pearson and Lipman, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 85:1444 (1988), and by Pearson, Meth. Enzymol 183:63 (1990). Briefly, FASTA first characterizes sequence similarity by identifying regions shared by the query sequence (e.g., SEQ ID NO:2) and a test sequence that have either the highest density of identities (if the ktup variable is 1) or pairs of identities (if ktup=2), without considering conservative amino acid substitutions, insertions, or deletions. The ten regions with the highest density of identities are then re-scored by comparing the similarity of all paired amino acids using an amino acid substitution matrix, and the ends of the regions are "trimmed" to include only those residues that contribute to the highest score. If there are several regions with scores greater than the "cutoff value (calculated by a predetermined formula based upon the length of the sequence and the ktup value), then the trimmed initial regions are examined to determine whether the regions can be joined to form an approximate alignment with gaps. Finally, the highest scoring regions of the two amino acid sequences are aligned using a modification of the Needleman-Wunsch-Sellers algorithm (Needleman and Wunsch, J. Mol Biol. 48:444 (1970); Sellers, SI AM J. Appl Math. 26:1&1 (1974)), which allows for amino acid insertions and deletions. Illustrative parameters for FASTA analysis are: ktup=l, gap opening penalty=10, gap extension penalty=l, and substitution matrix=BLOSUM62. These parameters can be introduced into a FASTA program by modifying the scoring matrix file ("SMATRLX"), as explained in Appendix 2 of Pearson, Meth. Enzymol. 183:63 (1990).
FASTA can also be used to determine the sequence identity of nucleic acid molecules using a ratio as disclosed above. For nucleotide sequence comparisons, the ktup value can range between one to six, preferably from three to six, most preferably three, with other parameters set as described above. The present invention includes nucleic acid molecules that encode a polypeptide having a conservative amino acid change, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. That is, variants can be obtained that contain one or more amino acid substitutions of SEQ ID NO: 2, in which an alkyl amino acid is substituted for an alkyl amino acid in an Ztsgl amino acid sequence, an aromatic amino acid is substituted for an aromatic amino acid in an Ztsgl amino acid sequence, a sulfur- containing amino acid is substituted for a sulfur-containing amino acid in an Ztsgl amino acid sequence, a hydroxy-containing amino acid is substituted for a hydroxy- containing amino acid in an Ztsgl amino acid sequence, an acidic amino acid is substituted for an acidic amino acid in a Ztsgl amino acid sequence, a basic amino acid is substituted for a basic amino acid in a Ztsgl amino acid sequence, or a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid is substituted for a dibasic monocarboxylic amino acid in an Ztsgl amino acid sequence.
Among the common amino acids, for example, a "conservative amino acid substitution" is illustrated by a substitution among amino acids within each of the following groups: (1) glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, and isoleucine, (2) phenylalanine, tyrosine, and tryptophan, (3) serine and threonine, (4) aspartate and glutamate, (5) glutamine and asparagine, and (6) lysine, arginine and histidine.
The BLOSUM62 table is an amino acid substitution matrix derived from about 2,000 local multiple alignments of protein sequence segments, representing highly conserved regions of more than 500 groups of related proteins [Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 89:10915 (1992)]. Accordingly, the BLOSUM62 substitution frequencies can be used to define conservative amino acid substitutions that may be introduced into the amino acid sequences of the present invention. Although it is possible to design amino acid substitutions based solely upon chemical properties (as discussed above), the language "conservative amino acid substitution" preferably refers to a substitution represented by a BLOSUM62 value of greater than -1. For example, an amino acid substitution is conservative if the substitution is characterized by a
BLOSUM62 value of 0, 1, 2, or 3. According to this system, preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3), while more preferred conservative amino acid substitutions are characterized by a BLOSUM62 value of at least 2 (e.g., 1 or 3). Particular variants of human Ztsgl are characterized by having at least
70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95% or greater than 95% sequence identity to the corresponding human (i.e., SEQ ID NO: 2) amino acid sequences, wherein the variation in amino acid sequence is due to one or more conservative amino acid substitutions. Conservative amino acid changes in an Ztsgl gene can be introduced by substituting nucleotides for the nucleotides recited in SEQ ID NO: 1. Such "conservative amino acid" variants can be obtained, for example, by oligonucleotide- directed mutagenesis, linker-scanning mutagenesis, mutagenesis using the polymerase chain reaction, and the like [see Ausubel (1995) at pages 8-10 to 8-22; and McPherson (ed.), Directed Mutagenesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 1991)]. The ability of such variants to promote anti-viral or anti-proliferative activity can be determined using a standard method, such as the assay described herein. Alternatively, a variant Ztsgl polypeptide can be identified by the ability to specifically bind anti- Ztsgl antibodies. The proteins of the present invention can also comprise non-naturally occurring amino acid residues. Non-naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, tr ns-3-methylproline, 2,4-methanoproline, c/s-4-hydroxyproline, trans-4- hydroxyproline, N-methylglycine, αZ/o-threonine, methylthreonine, hydroxyethylcysteine, hydroxyethylhomocysteine, nitroglutamine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, thiazolidine carboxylic acid, dehydroproline, 3- and 4-methylproline, 3,3-dimethylproline, tert-leucine, norvaline, 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4- azaphenylalanine, and 4-fluorophenylalanine. Several methods are known in the art for incorporating non-naturally occurring amino acid residues into proteins. For example, an in vitro system can be employed wherein nonsense mutations are suppressed using chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRΝAs. Methods for synthesizing amino acids and aminoacylating tRΝA are known in the art. Transcription and translation of plasmids containing nonsense mutations is typically carried out in a cell-free system comprising an E. coli S30 extract and commercially available enzymes and other reagents. Proteins are purified by chromatography. See, for example, Robertson et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113:1111 (1991), Ellman et al, Methods Enzymol 202:301 (1991), Chung et al, Science 259:806 (1993), and Chung et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 90:10145 (1993).
In a second method, translation is carried out in Xenopus oocytes by microinjection of mutated mRΝA and chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRΝAs [Turcatti et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:19991 (1996)]. Within a third method, E. coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non-naturally occurring amino acid(s)
(e.g., 2-azaphenylalanine, 3-azaphenylalanine, 4-azaphenylalanine, or 4- fluorophenylalanine). The non-naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the protein in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al, Biochem. 33:1410 (1994). Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non-naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site-directed mutagenesis to further expand the range of substitutions [Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395 (1993)].
A limited number of non-conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non-naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for Ztsgl amino acid residues.
Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis or alanine-scanning mutagenesis [Cunningham and Wells, Science 244:1081 (1989), Bass et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 88:449% (1991), Coombs and Corey, "Site- Directed Mutagenesis and Protein Engineering," in Proteins: Analysis and Design, Angeletti (ed.), pages 259-311 (Academic Press, Inc. 1998)]. In the latter technique, single alanine mutations are introduced at every residue in the molecule, and the resultant mutant molecules are tested for biological activity as disclosed below to identify amino acid residues that are critical to the activity of the molecule. See also, Hilton et al, J. Biol. Chem. 271:4699 (1996). Sequence analysis can also identify motifs that reside within human Ztsgl polypeptides. Although sequence analysis can be used to identify Ztsgl ligand binding sites, the location of Ztsgl ligand binding domains can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al, Science 255:306 (1992), Smith et al, J. Mol Biol. 224:899 (1992), and Wlodaver et al, FEBS Lett. 309:59 (1992). Moreover, Ztsgl labeled with biotin or FITC can be used for expression cloning of Ztsgl ligand.
Multiple amino acid substitutions can be made and tested using known methods of mutagenesis and screening, such as those disclosed by Reidhaar-Olson and Sauer [Science 241:53 (1988)] or Bowie and Sauer [Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86:1151 (1989)]. Briefly, these authors disclose methods for simultaneously randomizing two or more positions in a polypeptide, selecting for functional polypeptide, and then sequencing the mutagenized polypeptides to determine the spectrum of allowable substitutions at each position. Other methods that can be used include phage display (e.g., Lowman et al, Biochem. 30: 10832 (1991), Ladner et al,
U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Huse, international publication No. WO 92/06204, and region-directed mutagenesis [Derbyshire et al, Gene 46:145 (1986), and Ner et al, DNA 7:127, (1988)].
Variants of the disclosed Ztsgl nucleotide and polypeptide sequences can also be generated through DNA shuffling as disclosed by Stemmer, Nature 570:389
(1994), Stemmer, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 91: 10141 (1994), and international publication No. WO 97/20078. Briefly, variant DNAs are generated by in vitro homologous recombination by random fragmentation of a parent DNA followed by reassembly using PCR, resulting in randomly introduced point mutations. This technique can be modified by using a family of parent DNAs, such as allelic variants or DNAs from different species, to introduce additional variability into the process. Selection or screening for the desired activity, followed by additional iterations of mutagenesis and assay provides for rapid "evolution" of sequences by selecting for desirable mutations while simultaneously selecting against detrimental changes.
Mutagenesis methods as disclosed herein can be combined with high- throughput, automated screening methods to detect activity of cloned, mutagenized polypeptides in host cells. Mutagenized DNA molecules that encode biologically active polypeptides, or polypeptides that bind with anti-Ztsgl antibodies, can be recovered from the host cells and rapidly sequenced using modern equipment. These methods allow the rapid determination of the importance of individual amino acid residues in a polypeptide of interest, and can be applied to polypeptides of unknown structure. The present invention also includes "functional fragments" of Ztsgl polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules encoding such functional fragments. Routine deletion analyses of nucleic acid molecules can be performed to obtain functional fragments of a nucleic acid molecule that encodes a Ztsgl polypeptide. As an illustration, DNA molecules having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 can be digested with Bal3l nuclease to obtain a series of nested deletions. One alternative to exonuclease digestion is to use oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis to introduce deletions or stop codons to specify production of a desired fragment. Alternatively, particular fragments of a Ztsgl gene can be synthesized using the polymerase chain reaction. The present invention also contemplates functional fragments of a Ztsgl gene that has amino acid changes, compared with the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. An alternative approach to identifying a variant gene on the basis of structure is to determine whether a nucleic acid molecule encoding a potential variant Ztsgl gene can hybridize to a nucleic acid molecule having the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, as discussed above.
The present invention also provides polypeptide fragments or peptides comprising an epitope-bearing portion of a Ztsgl polypeptide described herein. Such fragments or peptides may comprise an "immunogenic epitope," which is a part of a protein that elicits an antibody response when the entire protein is used as an immunogen. Immunogenic epitope-bearing peptides can be identified using standard methods [see, for example, Geysen et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 81:399% (1983)] Examples of such epitopes are a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residues 2, a lysine to and including amino acid residue 56, a lysine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:3; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 43, an asparagine, to and including amino acid residue 93, a tyrosine, of SEQ ID NO:2, also defined by SEQ ID NO:4; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 86, an asparagine, to and including amino acid residue 144, an aspartic acid, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:5; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 142, a serine, to and including amino acid residue 190, a threonine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:6; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 179, an arginine, to and including amino acid residue 225, a glutamine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:7; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 220, a serine, to and including amino acid residue 270, a lysine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:8; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 237, a lysine, to and including amino acid residue 285, a threonine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO:9; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 322, a lysine, to and including amino acid residue 372, an arginine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO: 10; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 338, a proline, to and including amino acid residue 387, a glutamic acid, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO: 11 ; a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 349, an arginine, to and including amino acid residue 400, a proline, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO: 12; and a polypeptide comprised of amino acid residue 368, an asparagine, to and including amino acid residue 411, a tyrosine, of SEQ ID NO:2 also defined by SEQ ID NO: 13.
In contrast, polypeptide fragments or peptides may comprise an "antigenic epitope," which is a region of a protein molecule to which an antibody can specifically bind. Certain epitopes consist of a linear or contiguous stretch of amino acids, and the antigenicity of such an epitope is not disrupted by denaturing agents. It is known in the art that relatively short synthetic peptides that can mimic epitopes of a protein can be used to stimulate the production of antibodies against the protein. See Sutcliffe et al, Science 219:660 (1983). Accordingly, antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides of the present invention are useful to raise antibodies that bind with the polypeptides described herein.
Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides preferably contain at least four to ten amino acids, at least ten to fifteen amino acids, or about 15 to about 30 or more amino acids of SEQ ID NO: 2. Such epitope-bearing peptides and polypeptides can be produced by fragmenting a Ztsgl polypeptide, or by chemical peptide synthesis, as described herein. Moreover, epitopes can be selected by phage display of random peptide libraries (see, for example, Lane and Stephen, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 5:268 (1993), and Cortese et al, Curr. Opin. Biotechnol 7:616 (1996)). Standard methods for identifying epitopes and producing antibodies from small peptides that comprise an epitope are described, for example, by Mole, "Epitope Mapping," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 105-116 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992), Price, "Production and Characterization of Synthetic Peptide-Derived Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages 60-84 (Cambridge University Press 1995), and Coligan et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, pages 9.3.1 - 9.3.5 and pages 9.4.1 - 9.4.11 (John Wiley & Sons 1997). Variant of Ztsgl which are at least 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85, 90%, 95% or 99% identical to Ztsgl can be used to generate antibodies which bind to Ztsgl .
Regardless of the particular nucleotide sequence of a variant Ztsgl gene, the gene encodes a polypeptide that is characterized by its ability to bind specifically to an anti-Ztsgl antibody.
For any Ztsgl polypeptide, including variants and fusion proteins, one of ordinary skill in the art can readily generate a fully degenerate polynucleotide sequence encoding that variant using the information set forth in Tables 1 and 2 above. Moreover, those of skill in the art can use standard software to devise Ztsgl variants based upon the nucleotide and amino acid sequences described herein. Accordingly, the present invention includes a computer-readable medium encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ID NOs: 1-13. For example, a computer-readable medium can be encoded with a data structure that provides at least one of the following sequences: SEQ ID NO:l, SEQ ID NO:2. Suitable forms of computer-readable media include magnetic media and optically readable media. Examples of magnetic media include a hard or fixed drive, a random access memory (RAM) chip, a floppy disk, digital linear tape (DLT), a disk cache, and a ZIP disk. Optically readable media are exemplified by compact discs (e.g., CD-read only memory (ROM), CD-re-writable (RW), and CD-recordable), and digital versatile/video discs (DVD) (e.g., DVD-ROM, DVD-RAM, and DVD+RW).
Production of Ztsgl Fusion Proteins and Conjugates
Fusion proteins of Ztsgl can be used to express Ztsgl in a recombinant host, and to isolate expressed Ztsgl. As described below, particular Ztsgl fusion proteins also have uses in diagnosis and therapy. One type of fusion protein comprises a peptide that guides a Ztsgl polypeptide from a recombinant host cell. To direct a Ztsgl into the secretory pathway of a eukaryotic host cell, a secretory signal sequence (also known as a signal peptide, a leader sequence, prepro sequence or pre sequence) is provided in the Ztsgl expression vector. While the secretory signal sequence may be derived from Ztsgl, a suitable signal sequence may also be derived from another secreted protein or synthesized de novo. The secretory signal sequence is operably linked to a Ztsgl -encoding sequence such that the two sequences are joined in the correct reading frame and positioned to direct the newly synthesized polypeptide into the secretory pathway of the host cell. Secretory signal sequences are commonly positioned 5' to the nucleotide sequence encoding the polypeptide of interest, although certain secretory signal sequences may be positioned elsewhere in the nucleotide sequence of interest (see, e.g., Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743; Holland et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,143,830).
Although the secretory signal sequence of Ztsgl or another protein produced by mammalian cells (e.g., tissue-type plasminogen activator signal sequence, as described, for example, in U.S. Patent No. 5,641,655) is useful for expression of Ztsgl in recombinant mammalian hosts, a yeast signal sequence is preferred for expression in yeast cells. Examples of suitable yeast signal sequences are those derived from yeast mating pheromone α-factor (encoded by the MF l gene), invertase (encoded by the SUC2 gene), or acid phosphatase (encoded by the PH05 gene). See, for example, Romanos et al, "Expression of Cloned Genes in Yeast," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2nd Edition, Glover and Hames (eds.), pages 123-167 (Oxford University Press 1995).
In bacterial cells, it is often desirable to express a heterologous protein as a fusion protein to decrease toxicity, increase stability, and to enhance recovery of the expressed protein. For example, Ztsgl can be expressed as a fusion protein comprising a glutathione S-transferase polypeptide. Glutathione S-transferase fusion proteins are typically soluble, and easily purifiable from E. coli lysates on immobilized glutathione columns. In similar approaches, a Ztsgl fusion protein comprising a maltose binding protein polypeptide can be isolated with an amylose resin column, while a fusion protein comprising the C-terminal end of a truncated Protein A gene can be purified using IgG-Sepharose. Established techniques for expressing a heterologous polypeptide as a fusion protein in a bacterial cell are described, for example, by
Williams et al, "Expression of Foreign Proteins in E. coli Using Plasmid Vectors and Purification of Specific Polyclonal Antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: A Practical Approach, 2nd Edition, Glover and Hames (Eds.), pages 15-58 (Oxford University Press 1995). In addition, commercially available expression systems are available. For example, the PINPOINT Xa protein purification system (Promega Corporation;
Madison, WI) provides a method for isolating a fusion protein comprising a polypeptide that becomes biotinylated during expression with a resin that comprises avidin.
Peptide tags that are useful for isolating heterologous polypeptides expressed by either prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells include polyHistidine tags (which have an affinity for nickel-chelating resin), c-myc tags, calmodulin binding protein
(isolated with calmodulin affinity chromatography), substance P, the RYIRS tag (which binds with anti-RYIRS antibodies), the Glu-Glu tag, and the FLAG tag (which binds with anti-FLAG antibodies). See, for example, Luo et al, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 529:215 (1996), Morganti et al, Biotechnol Appl Biochem. 23:61 (1996), and Zheng et al, Gene 186:55 (1997). Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptide tags are available, for example, from Sigma- Aldrich Corporation (St. Louis, MO). Another form of fusion protein comprises an Ztsgl polypeptide and an immunoglobulin heavy chain constant region, typically an Fc fragment, which contains two or three constant region domains and a hinge region but lacks the variable region. As an illustration, Chang et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,125, describe a fusion protein comprising a human interferon and a human immunoglobulin Fc fragment. The C- terminal of the interferon is linked to the N-terminal of the Fc fragment by a peptide linker moiety. An example of a peptide linker is a peptide comprising primarily a T cell inert sequence, which is immunologically inert. An exemplary peptide linker has the amino acid sequence: GGSGG SGGGG SGGGG S (SEQ ID NO: 14). In this fusion protein, a preferred Fc moiety is a human γ4 chain, which is stable in solution and has little or no complement activating activity. Accordingly, the present invention contemplates a Ztsgl fusion protein that comprises a Ztsgl moiety and a human Fc fragment, wherein the C-terminus of the Ztsgl moiety is attached to the N-terminus of the Fc fragment via a peptide linker, such as a peptide consisting of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14. The Ztsgl moiety can be a Ztsgl molecule or a fragment thereof.
In another variation, a Ztsgl fusion protein comprises an IgG sequence, a Ztsgl moiety covalently joined to the aminoterminal end of the IgG sequence, and a signal peptide that is covalently joined to the aminoterminal of the Ztsgl moiety, wherein the IgG sequence consists of the following elements in the following order: a hinge region, a CH2 domain, and a CH3 domain. Accordingly, the IgG sequence lacks a CHj domain. This general approach to producing fusion proteins that comprise both antibody and nonantibody portions has been described by LaRochelle et al, EP 742830 (WO 95/21258).
Fusion proteins comprising a Ztsgl moiety and an Fc moiety can be used, for example, as an in vitro assay tool. For example, the presence of a Ztsgl ligand in a biological sample can be detected using a Ztsgl -immunoglobulin fusion protein, in which the Ztsgl moiety is used to target the cognate ligand, and a macromolecule, such as Protein A or anti-Fc antibody, is used to detect the bound fusion protein-receptor complex. Moreover, such fusion proteins can be used to identify agonists and antagonists that interfere with the binding of Ztsgl to its ligand.
In addition, antibody-Ztsgl fusion proteins, comprising antibody variable domains, are useful as therapeutic proteins, in which the antibody moiety binds with a target antigen, such as a tumor associated antigen. Methods of making antibody-cytokine fusion proteins are known to those of skill in the art. For example, antibody fusion proteins comprising an interleukin-2 moiety are described by Boleti et al, Ann. Oncol. 6:945 (1995), Nicolet etal, Cancer Gene Ther. 2:161 (1995), Becker et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 93:1%16 (1996), Hank et al, Clin. CancerRes. 2:1951 (1996), and Hu et al, CancerRes. 56:4998 (1996). Moreover, Yang et al, Hum. Antibodies Hybridomas 6:129 (1995), and Xiang et al, J. Biotechnol. 55:3 (1997), describe fusion proteins that include an F(ab') fragment and a tumor necrosis factor alpha moiety. Additional cytokine-antibody fusion proteins include IL-8, IL-12, or interferon-τ as the cytokine moiety, Holzer et al, Cytokine 8:214 (1996); Gillies et al, J. Immunol. 160:6195
(1998); Xiang et al, Hum. Antibodies Hybridomas 7:1 (1996). Also see, Gillies, U.S. Patent No. 5,650,150.
Fusion proteins can be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art by preparing each component of the fusion protein and chemically conjugating them. Alternatively, a polynucleotide encoding both components of the fusion protein in the proper reading frame can be generated using known techniques and expressed by the methods described herein. General methods for enzymatic and chemical cleavage of fusion proteins are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-19 to 16-25. The present invention also contemplates chemically modified Ztsgl compositions, in which a Ztsgl polypeptide is linked with a polymer. Typically, the polymer is water-soluble so that the Ztsgl conjugate does not precipitate in an aqueous environment, such as a physiological environment. An example of a suitable polymer is one that has been modified to have a single reactive group, such as an active ester for acylation, or an aldehyde for alkylation. In this way, the degree of polymerization can be controlled. An example of a reactive aldehyde is polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde, or mono-(Cl-ClO) alkoxy, or aryloxy derivatives thereof (see, for example, Harris, et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,252,714). The polymer may be branched or unbranched. Moreover, a mixture of polymers can be used to produce Ztsgl conjugates. Ztsgl conjugates used for therapy should preferably comprise pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moieties. Suitable water-soluble polymers include polyethylene glycol (PEG), monomethoxy-PEG, mono-(Cl- C10)alkoxy-PEG, aryloxy-PEG, poly-(N-vinyl pyrrolidone)PEG, tresyl monomethoxy PEG, PEG propionaldehyde, b/s-succinimidyl carbonate PEG, propylene glycol homopolymers, a polypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymer, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, dextran, cellulose, or other carbohydrate- based polymers. Suitable PEG may have a molecular weight from about 600 to about 60,000, including, for example, 5,000, 12,000, 20,000 and 25,000. A Ztsgl conjugate can also comprise a mixture of such water-soluble polymers.
PEGylation by acylation typically requires reacting an active ester derivative of PEG with a Ztsgl polypeptide. An example of an activated PEG ester is PEG esterified to N-hydroxysuccinimide. As used herein, the term "acylation" includes the following types of linkages between Ztsgl and a water-soluble polymer: amide, carbamate, urethane, and the like. Methods for preparing PEGylated Ztsgl by acylation will typically comprise the steps of (a) reacting a Ztsgl polypeptide with PEG (such as a reactive ester of an aldehyde derivative of PEG) under conditions whereby one or more PEG groups attach to Ztsgl, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s). Generally, the optimal reaction conditions for acylation reactions will be determined based upon known parameters and desired results. For example, the larger the ratio of PEG:Ztsgl, the greater the percentage of polyPEGylated Ztsgl product.
The product of PEGylation by acylation is typically a polyPEGylated Ztsgl product, wherein the lysine ε-amino groups are PEGylated via an acyl-linking group. An example of a connecting linkage is an amide. Typically, the resulting Ztsgl will be at least 95% mono-, di-, or tri-pegylated, although some species with higher degrees of PEGylation may be formed depending upon the reaction conditions. PEGylated species can be separated from unconjugated Ztsgl polypeptides using standard purification methods, such as dialysis, ultrafiltration, ion exchange chromatography, affinity chromatography, and the like.
PEGylation by alkylation generally involves reacting a terminal aldehyde derivative of PEG with Ztsgl in the presence of a reducing agent. PEG groups are preferably attached to the polypeptide via a -CH -ΝH group. Derivatization via reductive alkylation to produce a monoPEGylated product takes advantage of the differential reactivity of different types of primary amino groups available for derivatization. Typically, the reaction is performed at a pH that allows one to take advantage of the pKa differences between the ε-amino groups of the lysine residues and the α-amino group of the N-terminal residue of the protein. By such selective derivatization, attachment of a water-soluble polymer that contains a reactive group such as an aldehyde, to a protein is controlled. The conjugation with the polymer occurs predominantly at the N-terminus of the protein without significant modification of other reactive groups such as the lysine side chain amino groups. The present invention provides a substantially homogenous preparation of Ztsgl monopolymer conjugates. Reductive alkylation to produce a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer Ztsgl conjugate molecule can comprise the steps of: (a) reacting a Ztsgl polypeptide with a reactive PEG under reductive alkylation conditions at a pH suitable to permit selective modification of the α-amino group at the amino terminus of the Ztsgl, and (b) obtaining the reaction product(s). The reducing agent used for reductive alkylation should be stable in aqueous solution and preferably be able to reduce only the Schiff base formed in the initial process of reductive alkylation. Preferred reducing agents include sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, dimethylamine borane, trimethylamine borane, and pyridine borane.
For a substantially homogenous population of monopolymer Ztsgl conjugates, the reductive alkylation reaction conditions are those that permit the selective attachment of the water-soluble polymer moiety to the N-terminus of Ztsgl. Such reaction conditions generally provide for pKa differences between the lysine amino groups and the α-amino group at the N-terminus. The pH also affects the ratio ( of polymer to protein to be used. In general, if the pH is lower, a larger excess of polymer to protein will be desired because the less reactive the N-terminal α-group, the more polymer is needed to achieve optimal conditions. If the pH is higher, the polymer: Ztsgl need not be as large because more reactive groups are available.
Typically, the pH will fall within the range of 3 - 9, or 3 - 6. Another factor to consider is the molecular weight of the water-soluble polymer. Generally, the higher the molecular weight of the polymer, the fewer number of polymer molecules which may be attached to the protein. For PEGylation reactions, the typical molecular weight is about 2 kDa to about 100 kDa, about 5 kDa to about 50 kDa, or about 12 kDa to about
25 kDa. The molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to Ztsgl will generally be in the range of 1 : 1 to 100: 1. Typically, the molar ratio of water-soluble polymer to Ztsgl will be 1:1 to 20:1 for polyPEGylation, and 1:1 to 5:1 for monoPEGylation. General methods for producing conjugates comprising Ztsgl and water-soluble polymer moieties are known in the art. See, for example, Karasiewicz et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,382,657, Greenwald et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,738, 846, Nieforth et al, Clin. Pharmacol. Ther. 59:636 (1996), Monkarsh et al, Anal. Biochem. 247:434 (1997)).
Production of Ztsgl Polypeptides in Cultured Cells The polypeptides of the present invention, including full-length polypeptides, functional fragments, and fusion proteins, can be produced in recombinant host cells following conventional techniques. To express a Ztsgl gene, a nucleic acid molecule encoding the polypeptide must be operably linked to regulatory sequences that control transcriptional expression in an expression vector and then, introduced into a host cell. In addition to transcriptional regulatory sequences, such as promoters and enhancers, expression vectors can include translational regulatory sequences and a marker gene, which is suitable for selection of cells that carry the expression vector.
Expression vectors that are suitable for production of a foreign protein in eukaryotic cells typically contain (1) prokaryotic DNA elements coding for a bacterial replication origin and an antibiotic resistance marker to provide for the growth and selection of the expression vector in a bacterial host; (2) eukaryotic DNA elements that control initiation of transcription, such as a promoter; and (3) DNA elements that control the processing of transcripts, such as a transcription termination/polyadenylation sequence. As discussed above, expression vectors can also include nucleotide sequences encoding a secretory sequence that directs the heterologous polypeptide into the secretory pathway of a host cell. For example, a Ztsgl expression vector may comprise a Ztsgl gene and a secretory sequence derived from a Ztsgl gene or another secreted gene.
Ztsgl proteins of the present invention may be expressed in mammalian cells. Examples of suitable mammalian host cells include African green monkey kidney cells (Vero; ATCC CRL 1587), human embryonic kidney cells (293-HEK; ATCC CRL 1573), baby hamster kidney cells (BHK-21, BHK-570; ATCC CRL 8544, ATCC CRL 10314), canine kidney cells (MDCK; ATCC CCL 34), Chinese hamster ovary cells (CHO-K1; ATCC CCL61; CHO DG44 [Chasin et al, Som. Cell. Molec. Genet. 12:555 (1986)]), rat pituitary cells (GHl ; ATCC CCL82), HeLa S3 cells (ATCC CCL2.2), rat hepatoma cells (H-4-II-E; ATCC CRL 1548) SV40-transformed monkey kidney cells (COS-1; ATCC CRL 1650) and murine embryonic cells (NIH-3T3; ATCC CRL 1658). For a mammalian host, the transcriptional and translational regulatory signals may be derived from viral sources, such as adenovirus, bovine papilloma virus, simian virus, or the like, in which the regulatory signals are associated with a particular gene which has a high level of expression. Suitable transcriptional and translational regulatory sequences also can be obtained from mammalian genes, such as actin, collagen, myosin, and metallothionein genes.
Transcriptional regulatory sequences include a promoter region sufficient to direct the initiation of RNA synthesis. Suitable eukaryotic promoters include the promoter of the mouse metallothionein I gene, Hamer et al, J. Molec. Appl. Genet. 1:113 (1982), the TK promoter of Herpes virus, McKnight, Cell 31:355 (1982), the SV40 early promoter (Benoist et al, Nature 290:304 (1981), the Rous sarcoma virus promoter, Gorman et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 79:6111 (1982), the cytomegalovirus promoter, Foecking et al, Gene 45: 101 (1980), and the mouse mammary tumor virus promoter. See, generally, Etcheverry, "Expression of Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163-181 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996).
Alternatively, a prokaryotic promoter, such as the bacteriophage T3 RNA polymerase promoter, can be used to control Ztsgl gene expression in mammalian cells, if the prokaryotic promoter is regulated by a eukaryotic promoter, Zhou et al, Mol. Cell. Biol. 10:4519 (1990), and Kaufman et al, Nucl. Acids Res. 9:4485 (1991). An expression vector can be introduced into host cells using a variety of standard techniques including calcium phosphate transfection, liposome-mediated transfection, microprojectile-mediated delivery, electroporation, and the like. Preferably, the transfected cells are selected and propagated to provide recombinant host cells that comprise the expression vector stably integrated in the host cell genome. Techniques for introducing vectors into eukaryotic cells and techniques for selecting such stable transformants using a dominant selectable marker are described, for example, by Ausubel (1995) and by Murray (ed.), Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols (Humana Press 1991). For example, one suitable selectable marker is a gene that provides resistance to the antibiotic neomycin. In this case, selection is carried out in the presence of a neomycin-type drug, such as G-418 or the like. Selection systems can also be used to increase the expression level of the gene of interest, a process referred to as "amplification." Amplification is carried out by culturing transfectants in the presence of a low level of the selective agent and then increasing the amount of selective agent to select for cells that produce high levels of the products of the introduced genes. A preferred amplifiable selectable marker is dihydrofolate reductase, which confers resistance to methotrexate. Other drug resistance genes (e.g., hygromycin resistance, multi-drug resistance, puromycin acetyltransferase) can also be used. Alternatively, markers that introduce an altered phenotype, such as green fluorescent protein, or cell surface proteins such as CD4, CD8, Class I MHC, placental alkaline phosphatase may be used to sort transfected cells from untransfected cells by such means as FACS sorting or magnetic bead separation technology.
Ztsgl polypeptides can also be produced by cultured mammalian cells using a viral delivery system. Exemplary viruses for this purpose include adenovirus, herpesvirus, vaccinia virus and adeno-associated virus (AAV). Adenovirus, a double- stranded DNA virus, is currently the best-studied gene transfer vector for delivery of heterologous nucleic acid. For a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol. 45:161 (1994), and Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997). Advantages of the adenovirus system include the accommodation of relatively large DNA inserts, the ability to grow to high-titer, the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and flexibility that allows use with a large number of available vectors containing different promoters. By deleting portions of the adenovirus genome, larger inserts (up to 7 kb) of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. These inserts can be incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co- transfected plasmid. An option is to delete the essential El gene from the viral vector, which results in the inability to replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell. Adenovirus vector-infected human 293 cells (ATCC Nos. CRL-1573, 45504, 45505), for example, can be grown as adherent cells or in suspension culture at relatively high cell density to produce significant amounts of protein [see Garnier et al, Cytotechnol. 5:145 (1994)]. Ztsgl genes may also be expressed in other higher eukaryotic cells, such as avian, fungal, insect, yeast, or plant cells. The baculovirus system provides an efficient means to introduce cloned Ztsgl genes into insect cells. Suitable expression vectors are based upon the Autographa calif ornica multiple nuclear polyhedrosis virus (AcMNPV), and contain well-known promoters such as Drosophila heat shock protein (hsp) 70 promoter, Autographa calif ornica nuclear polyhedrosis virus immediate-early gene promoter (ie-1) and the delayed early 39K promoter, baculovirus plO promoter, and the Drosophila metallothionein promoter. A second method of making recombinant baculovirus utilizes a transposon-based system described by Luckow, et al, J. Virol. 67:4566 (1993). This system, which utilizes transfer vectors, is sold in the BAC-to- BAC kit (Life Technologies, Rockville, MD). This system utilizes a transfer vector,
PFASTBAC (Life Technologies) containing a Tn7 transposon to move the DNA encoding the Ztsgl polypeptide into a baculovirus genome maintained in E. coli as a large plasmid called a "bacmid." See, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol. 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk, and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995). In addition, transfer vectors can include an in-frame fusion with DNA encoding an epitope tag at the C- or N-terminus of the expressed Ztsgl polypeptide, for example, a Glu-Glu epitope tag [Grussenmeyer et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. 82:1952 (1985)]. Using a technique known in the art, a transfer vector containing a Ztsgl gene is transformed into E. coli, and screened for bacmids that contain an interrupted lacZ gene indicative of recombinant baculovirus. The bacmid
DNA containing the recombinant baculovirus genome is then isolated using common techniques.
The illustrative PFASTBAC vector can be modified to a considerable degree. For example, the polyhedrin promoter can be removed and substituted with the baculovirus basic protein promoter (also known as Pcor, p6.9 or MP promoter), which is expressed earlier in the baculovirus infection, and has been shown to be advantageous for expressing secreted proteins [see, for example, Hill-Perkins and Possee, J. Gen. Virol 71:911 (1990), Bonning, et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1551 (1994), and Chazenbalk and Rapoport, J. Biol. Chem. 270:1543 (1995)]. In such transfer vector constructs, a short or long version of the basic protein promoter can be used. Moreover, transfer vectors can be constructed, which replace the native Ztsgl secretory signal sequences with secretory signal sequences derived from insect proteins. For example, a secretory signal sequence from Ecdysteroid Glucosyltransferase (EGT), honeybee Melittin (Invitrogen Corporation; Carlsbad, CA), or baculovirus gp67 (PharMingen: San Diego, CA) can be used in constructs to replace the native Ztsgl secretory signal sequence. The recombinant virus or bacmid is used to transfect host cells. Suitable insect host cells include cell lines derived from IPLB-5/-21, a Spodoptera frugiperda pupal ovarian cell line, such as 5/9 (ATCC CRL 1711), 5 21 AE, and 5/21 (Invitrogen Corporation; San Diego, CA), as well as Drosophila Schneider-2 cells, and the HIGH FIVEO cell line (Invitrogen) derived from Trichoplusia ni (U.S. Patent No. 5,300,435). Commercially available serum-free media can be used to grow and to maintain the cells. Suitable media are Sf900 JJ™ (Life Technologies) or ESF 921™ (Expression Systems) for the Sf9 cells; and Ex-cellO405™ (JRH Biosciences, Lenexa, KS) or Express FiveO™ (Life Technologies) for the T. ni cells. When recombinant virus is used, the cells are typically grown up from an inoculation density of approximately 2-5 x 105 cells to a density of 1-2 x 106 cells at which time a recombinant viral stock is added at a multiplicity of infection (MOI) of 0.1 to 10, more typically near 3. Established techniques for producing recombinant proteins in baculovirus systems are provided by Bailey et al, "Manipulation of Baculovirus Vectors," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Volume 7: Gene Transfer and Expression Protocols, Murray (ed.), pages 147-168 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1991), by Patel et al,
"The baculovirus expression system," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 205-244 (Oxford University Press 1995), by Ausubel (1995) at pages 16-37 to 16-57, by Richardson (ed.), Baculovirus Expression Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1995), and by Lucknow, "Insect Cell Expression Technology," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 183-218
(John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996).
Fungal cells, including yeast cells, can also be used to express the genes described herein. Yeast species of particular interest in this regard include Saccharomyces cerevisiae, Pichia pastoris, and Pichia methanolica. Suitable promoters for expression in yeast include promoters from GAL1 (galactose), PGK
(phosphoglycerate kinase), ADH (alcohol dehydrogenase), AOX1 (alcohol oxidase), HIS4 (histidinol dehydrogenase), and the like. Many yeast-cloning vectors have been designed and are readily available. These vectors include Yip-based vectors, such as YIp5, YRp vectors, such as YRpl7, YEp vectors such as YEpl3 and YCp vectors, such as YCp 19. Methods for transforming 5. cerevisiae cells with exogenous DNA and producing recombinant polypeptides there from are disclosed by, for example, Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kawasaki et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373,
Brake, U.S. Patent No. 4,870,008, Welch et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,037,743, and Murray et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,845,075. Transformed cells are selected by phenotype determined by the selectable marker, commonly drug resistance or the ability to grow in the absence of a particular nutrient (e.g., leucine). A preferred vector system for use in Saccharomyces cerevisiae is the POT1 vector system disclosed by Kawasaki et al.
(U.S. Patent No. 4,931,373), which allows transformed cells to be selected by growth in glucose-containing media. Additional suitable promoters and terminators for use in yeast include those from glycolytic enzyme genes (see, e.g., Kawasaki, U.S. Patent No. 4,599,311, Kingsman et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,615,974, and Bitter, U.S. Patent No. 4,977,092) and alcohol dehydrogenase genes. See also U.S. Patents Nos. 4,990,446, 5,063,154, 5,139,936, and 4,661,454.
Transformation systems for other yeasts, including Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces lactis, Kluyveromyces fragilis, Ustilago maydis, Pichia pastoris, Pichia methanolica, Pichia guillermondii and Candida maltosa are known in the art. See, for example, Gleeson et al, J. Gen. Microbiol. 132:3459 (1986), and Cregg, U.S. Patent No. 4,882,279. Aspergillus cells may be utilized according to the methods of McKnight et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,935,349. Methods for transforming Acremonium chrysogenum are disclosed by Sumino et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,162,228. Methods for transforming Neurospora are disclosed by Lambowitz, U.S. Patent No. 4,486,533.
For example, the use of Pichia methanolica as host for the production of recombinant proteins is disclosed by Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,716,808, Raymond, U.S. Patent No. 5,736,383, Raymond et al, Yeast 14:11-23 (1998), and in international publication Nos. WO 97/17450, WO 97/17451, WO 98/02536, and WO 98/02565. DNA molecules for use in transforming P. methanolica will commonly be prepared as double-stranded, circular plasmids, which are preferably linearized prior to transformation. For polypeptide production in P. methanolica, it is preferred that the promoter and terminator in the plasmid be that of a P. methanolica gene, such as a P. methanolica alcohol utilization gene (AUGl or AUG2). Other useful promoters include those of the dihydroxyacetone synthase (DHAS), formate dehydrogenase (FMD), and catalase (CAT) genes. To facilitate integration of the DNA into the host chromosome, it is preferred to have the entire expression segment of the plasmid flanked at both ends by host DNA sequences. A preferred selectable marker for use in Pichia methanolica is a P. methanolica ADE2 gene, which encodes phosphoribosyl-5-aminoimidazole carboxylase (AJJ C; EC 4.1.1.21), and which allows ade2 host cells to grow in the absence of adenine. For large-scale, industrial processes where it is desirable to minimize the use of methanol, it is preferred to use host cells in which both methanol utilization genes (AUGl and AUG2) are deleted. For production of secreted proteins, host cells deficient in vacuolar protease genes (PEP4 and PRB1) are preferred. Electroporation is used to facilitate the introduction of a plasmid containing DNA encoding a polypeptide of interest into P. methanolica cells. P. methanolica cells can be transformed by electroporation using an exponentially decaying, pulsed electric field having a field strength of from 2.5 to 4.5 kV/cm, preferably about 3.75 kV/cm, and a time constant (t) of from 1 to 40 milliseconds, most preferably about 20 milliseconds.
Expression vectors can also be introduced into plant protoplasts, intact plant tissues, or isolated plant cells. Methods for introducing expression vectors into plant tissue include the direct infection or co-cultivation of plant tissue with
Agrobacterium tumefaciens, microprojectile-mediated delivery, DNA injection, electroporation, and the like. See, for example, Horsch et al, Science 227:1219 (1985), Klein et al, Biotechnology 70:268 (1992), and Miki et al, "Procedures for Introducing Foreign DNA into Plants," in Methods in Plant Molecular Biology and Biotechnology, Glick et al. (eds.), pages 67-88 (CRC Press, 1993).
Alternatively, Ztsgl genes can be expressed in prokaryotic host cells. Suitable promoters that can be used to express Ztsgl polypeptides in a prokaryotic host are well-known to those of skill in the art and include promoters capable of recognizing the T4, T3, Sp6 and T7 polymerases, the PR and PL promoters of bacteriophage lambda, the trp, recA, heat shock, lacUV5, tac, Ipp-lacSpr, phoA, and lacZ promoters of E. coli, promoters of B. subtilis, the promoters of the bacteriophages of Bacillus, Streptomyces promoters, the int promoter of bacteriophage lambda, the bla promoter of pBR322, and the CAT promoter of the chloramphenicol acetyl transferase gene. Prokaryotic promoters have been reviewed by Glick, J. Ind. Microbiol. 1:111 (1987), Watson et al, Molecular Biology of the Gene, 4th Ed. (Benjamin Cummins 1987), and by Ausubel et al. (1995). Preferred prokaryotic hosts include E. coli and Bacillus subtilus. Suitable strains of E. coli include BL21(DE3), BL21(DE3)pLysS, BL21(DE3)pLysE, DH1, DH4I, DH5, DH5I, DH5IF, DH5EVICR, DH10B, DH10B/p3, DH1 IS, C600, HB101, JM101, JM105, JM109, JM110, K38, RR1, Y1088, Y1089, CSH18, ER1451, and ER1647 [see, for example, Brown (ed.), Molecular Biology Labfax (Academic Press 1991)]. Suitable strains of Bacillus subtilus include BR151, YB886, Mil 19, MI120, and B170 [see, for example, Hardy, "Bacillus Cloning Methods," in DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, Glover (ed.) (IRL Press 1985)].
When expressing a Ztsgl polypeptide in bacteria such as E. coli, the polypeptide may be retained in the cytoplasm, typically as insoluble granules, or may be directed to the periplasmic space by a bacterial secretion sequence. In the former case, the cells are lysed, and the granules are recovered and denatured using, for example, guanidine isothiocyanate or urea. The denatured polypeptide can then be refolded and dimerized by diluting the denaturant, such as by dialysis against a solution of urea and a combination of reduced and oxidized glutathione, followed by dialysis against a buffered saline solution. In the latter case, the polypeptide can be recovered from the periplasmic space in a soluble and functional form by disrupting the cells (by, for example, sonication or osmotic shock) to release the contents of the periplasmic space and recovering the protein, thereby obviating the need for denaturation and refolding. Methods for expressing proteins in prokaryotic hosts are well-known to those of skill in the art [see, for example, Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995), Ward et al, "Genetic Manipulation and Expression of Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, page 137 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995), and Georgiou, "Expression of Proteins in Bacteria," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), page 101 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996)]. Standard methods for introducing expression vectors into bacterial, yeast, insect, and plant cells are provided, for example, by Ausubel (1995).
General methods for expressing and recovering foreign protein produced by a mammalian cell system are provided by, for example, Etcheverry, "Expression of
Engineered Proteins in Mammalian Cell Culture," in Protein Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 163 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1996). Standard techniques for recovering protein produced by a bacterial system is provided by, for example, Grisshammer et al, "Purification of over-produced proteins from E. coli cells," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), pages 59-92 (Oxford
University Press 1995). Established methods for isolating recombinant proteins from a baculovirus system are described by Richardson (ed.), Baculovirus Expression Protocols (The Humana Press, Inc. 1995). Isolation of Ztsgl Polypeptides
It is preferred to purify the polypeptides of the present invention to at least about 80% purity, more preferably to at least about 90% purity, even more preferably to at least about 95% purity, or even greater than 95% purity with respect to contaminating macromolecules, particularly other proteins and nucleic acids, and free of infectious and pyrogenic agents. The polypeptides of the present invention may also be purified to a pharmaceutically pure state, which is greater than 99.9% pure. Preferably, a purified polypeptide is substantially free of other polypeptides, particularly other polypeptides of animal origin. Fractionation and/or conventional purification methods can be used to obtain preparations of Ztsgl purified from natural sources (e.g., pituitary gland), and recombinant Ztsgl polypeptides and Ztsgl poljφeptides purified from recombinant host cells. In general, ammonium sulfate precipitation and acid or chaotrope extraction may be used for fractionation of samples. Exemplary purification steps may include hydroxyapatite, size exclusion, FPLC and reverse-phase high performance liquid chromatography. Suitable chromatographic media include derivatized dextrans, agarose, cellulose, polyacrylamide, specialty silicas, and the like. PEI, DEAE, QAE and Q derivatives are preferred. Exemplary chromatographic media include those media derivatized with phenyl, butyl, or octyl groups, such as Phenyl-Sepharose FF (Pharmacia), Toyopearl butyl 650 (Toso Haas, Montgomeryville, PA), Octyl-Sepharose (Pharmacia) and the like; or polyacrylic resins, such as Amberchrom CG 71 (Toso Haas) and the like. Suitable solid supports include glass beads, silica-based resins, cellulosic resins, agarose beads, cross-linked agarose beads, polystyrene beads, cross- linked polyacrylamide resins and the like that are insoluble under the conditions in which they are to be used. These supports may be modified with reactive groups that allow attachment of proteins by amino groups, carboxyl groups, sulfhydryl groups, hydroxyl groups and/or carbohydrate moieties.
Examples of coupling chemistries include cyanogen bromide activation, N-hydroxysuccinimide activation, epoxide activation, sulfhydryl activation, hydrazide activation, and carboxyl and amino derivatives for carbodiimide coupling chemistries.
These and other solid media are well known and widely used in the art, and are available from commercial suppliers. Selection of a particular method for polypeptide isolation and purification is a matter of routine design and is determined in part by the properties of the chosen support. See, for example, Affinity Chromatography: Principles & Methods (Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology 1988), and Doonan, Protein Purification Protocols (The Humana Press 1996). Additional variations in Ztsgl isolation and purification can be devised by those of skill in the art. For example, anti-Ztsgl antibodies, obtained as described below, can be used to isolate large quantities of protein by immunoaffinity purification. The use of monoclonal antibody columns to purify interferons from recombinant cells and from natural sources has been described, for example, by Staehelin et al, J. Biol. Chem. 256:9750 (1981), and by Adolf et al, J. Biol. Chem. 265:9290 (1990). Moreover, methods for binding receptors, such as Ztsgl, to ligand polypeptides bound to support media are well known in the art.
The polypeptides of the present invention can also be isolated by exploitation of particular properties. For example, immobilized metal ion adsorption (IMAC) chromatography can be used to purify histidine-rich proteins, including those comprising polyhistidine tags. Briefly, a gel is first charged with divalent metal ions to form a chelate (Sulkowski, Trends in Biochem. 3:1 (1985)). Histidine-rich proteins will be adsorbed to this matrix with differing affinities, depending upon the metal ion used, and will be eluted by competitive elution, lowering the pH, or use of strong chelating agents. Other methods of purification include purification of glycosylated proteins by lectin affinity chromatography and ion exchange chromatography [M. Deutscher, (ed.), Meth. Enzymol. 182:529 (1990)]. For example, the interferon-γ isolation method of Rinderknecht et al, J. Biol. Chem. 259:6190 (1984), requires the binding of the interferon with concanavalin A-sepharose in one step. Within additional embodiments of the invention, a fusion of the polypeptide of interest and an affinity tag (e.g., maltose-binding protein, an immunoglobulin domain) may be constructed to facilitate purification.
Ztsgl polypeptides or fragments thereof may also be prepared through chemical synthesis, as described below. Ztsgl polypeptides may be monomers or multimers; glycosylated or non-glycosylated; PEGylated or non-PEGylated; and may or may not include an initial methionine amino acid residue.
Peptides and polypeptides of the present invention comprise at least six, preferably at least nine, and more preferably at least 15 contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: 2. Within certain embodiments of the invention, the polypeptides comprise 20, 30, 40, 50, 100, or more contiguous residues of these amino acid sequences. Examples of such polypeptides are polypeptides comprised of one or more of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 3-13. Nucleic acid molecules encoding such peptides and polypeptides are useful as polymerase chain reaction primers and probes. Chemical Synthesis of Ztsgl Polypeptides
Ztsgl polypeptides of the present invention can also be synthesized by exclusive solid phase synthesis, partial solid phase methods, fragment condensation or classical solution synthesis. The polypeptides are preferably prepared by solid phase peptide synthesis, for example as described by Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 85:2149 (1963). Solid phase synthesis is usually carried out from the carboxyl-terminus by coupling the alpha-amino protected (side-chain protected) amino acid to a suitable solid support. An ester linkage is formed when the attachment is made to a chloromethyl, chlortrityl or hydroxymethyl resin, and the resulting polypeptide will have a free carboxyl group at the C-terminus. Alternatively, when an amide resin such as benzhydrylamine or /?-methylbenzhydrylamine resin (for tBoc chemistry) and Rink amide or PAL resin (for Fmoc chemistry) are used, an amide bond is formed and the resulting polypeptide will have a carboxamide group at the C-terminus. These resins, whether polystyrene- or polyamide-based or polyethyleneglycol-grafted, with or without a handle or linker, with or without the first amino acid attached, are commercially available, and their preparations have been described by Stewart et al, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis" (2nd Edition), (Pierce Chemical Co. 1984), Bayer and Rapp, Chem. Pept. Prot. 3:3 (1986), Atherton et al, Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis: A Practical Approach (IRL Press 1989), and by Lloyd-Williams et al, Chemical Approaches to the Synthesis of Peptides and Proteins (CRC Press, Inc. 1997).
The "native chemical ligation" approach to producing polypeptides is one variation of total chemical synthesis strategy [see, for example, Dawson et al, Science 266:116 (1994), Hackeng et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 94:7845 (1997), and Dawson, Methods Enzymol. 287: 34 (1997)]. According to this method, an N- terminal cysteine-containing peptide is chemically ligated to a peptide having a C- terminal thioester group to form a normal peptide bond at the ligation site. The "expressed protein ligation" method is a semi-synthesis variation of the ligation approach [see, for example, Muir et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 95:6705 (1998); Severinov and Muir, J. Biol. Chem. 275:16205 (1998)]. Here, synthetic peptides and protein cleavage fragments are linked to form the desired protein product. This method is particularly useful for the site-specific incorporation of unnatural amino acids (e.g., amino acids comprising biophysical or biochemical probes) into proteins.
In an approach illustrated by Muir et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 95:6705 (1998), a gene or gene fragment is cloned into the PCYB2-IMPACT vector (New England Biolabs, Inc.; Beverly, MA) using the Nde and 5m l restriction sites.
As a result, the gene or gene fragment is expressed in frame fused with a chitin binding domain sequence, and a Pro-Gly is appended to the native C terminus of the protein of interest. The presence of a C-terminal glycine reduces the chance of side reactions, because the glycine residue accelerates native chemical ligation. Affinity chromatography with a chitin resin is used to purify the expressed fusion protein, and the chemical ligation step is initiated by incubating the resin-bound protein with thiophenol and synthetic peptide in buffer. This mixture produces the in situ generation of a highly reactive phenyl "thioester derivative of the protein that rapidly ligates with the synthetic peptide to produce the desired semi-synthetic protein.
A general class of Ztsgl analogs is provided by anti-idiotype antibodies, and fragments thereof, as described below. Moreover, recombinant antibodies comprising anti-idiotype variable domains can be used as analogs [see, for example, Monfardini et al, Proc. Assoc. Am. Physicians 108:410 (1996)]. Since the variable domains of anti-idiotype Ztsgl antibodies mimic Ztsgl, these domains can provide either Ztsgl agonist or antagonist activity. A third approach to identifying Ztsgl analogs is provided by the use of combinatorial libraries. Methods for constructing and screening phage display and other combinatorial libraries are provided, for example, by Kay et al, Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press 1996), Verdine, U.S. Patent No. 5,783,384, Kay, et. al, U.S. Patent No. 5,747,334, and Kauffman et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,723,323.
Production of Antibodies to Ztsgl Proteins
Antibodies to Ztsgl can be obtained, for example, using the product of a Ztsgl expression vector or Ztsgl isolated from a natural source as an antigen. Particularly useful anti- Ztsgl antibodies "bind specifically" to Ztsgl. Antibodies are considered to be specifically binding if the antibodies exhibit at least one of the following two properties: (1) antibodies bind to Ztsgl with a threshold level of binding activity, and (2) antibodies do not significantly cross-react with polypeptides related to Ztsgl . With regard to the first characteristic, antibodies specifically bind if they bind to a Ztsgl polypeptide, peptide or epitope with a binding affinity (Ka) of 106M"' or greater, preferably 107 M"1 or greater, more preferably 108 M"1 or greater, and most preferably 109 M"1 or greater. The binding affinity of an antibody can be readily determined by one of ordinary skill in the art, for example, by Scatchard analysis, Scatchard, Ann. NYAcad. Sci. 51:660 (1949). With regard to the second characteristic, antibodies do not significantly cross-react with related polypeptide molecules, for example, if they detect Ztsgl, but not known related polypeptides using a standard Western blot analysis. Anti-Ztsgl antibodies can be produced using antigenic Ztsgl epitope- bearing peptides and polypeptides. Antigenic epitope-bearing peptides and poljφeptides of the present invention contain a sequence of at least nine, preferably between 15 to about 30 amino acids contained within SEQ ID NO: 2. However, peptides or polypeptides comprising a larger portion of an amino acid sequence of the invention, containing from 30 to 50 amino acids, or any length up to and including the entire amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of the invention, also are useful for inducing antibodies that bind with Ztsgl. It is desirable that the amino acid sequence of the epitope-bearing peptide is selected to provide substantial solubility in aqueous solvents (i.e., the sequence includes relatively hydrophilic residues, while hydrophobic residues are preferably avoided). Moreover, amino acid sequences containing proline residues may be also be desirable for antibody production. Examples of such epitope- bearing polypeptides are polypeptides comprised of one or more of the amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NOs: 2 - 13. As an illustration, potential antigenic sites in human Ztsgl were identified using the Jameson-Wolf method, Jameson and Wolf, CABIOS 4:181, (1988), as implemented by the PROTEAN program (version 3.14) of LASERGENE (DNASTAR; Madison, WI). Default parameters were used in this analysis. The Jameson- Wolf method predicts potential antigenic determinants by combining six major subroutines for protein structural prediction. Briefly, the Hopp-Woods method,
Hopp et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 78:3824 (1981), was first used to identify amino acid sequences representing areas of greatest local hydrophilicity (parameter: seven residues averaged). In the second step, Emini's method, Emini et al, J. Virology 55:836 (1985), was used to calculate surface probabilities (parameter: surface decision threshold (0.6) = 1). Third, the Karplus-Schultz method, Karplus and Schultz,
Naturwissenschaften 72:211 (1985), was used to predict backbone chain flexibility (parameter: flexibility threshold (0.2) = 1). In the fourth and fifth steps of the analysis, secondary structure predictions were applied to the data using the methods of Chou- Fasman, Chou, "Prediction of Protein Structural Classes from Amino Acid Composition," in Prediction of Protein Structure and the Principles of Protein
Conformation, Fasman (ed.), pages 549-586 (Plenum Press 1990), and Garnier-Robson, Garnier et al, J. Mol Biol. 120:91 (1978) (Chou-Fasman parameters: conformation table = 64 proteins; α region threshold = 103; β region threshold = 105; Garnier- Robson parameters: α and β decision constants = 0). In the sixth subroutine, flexibility parameters and hydropathy/solvent accessibility factors were combined to determine a surface contour value, designated as the "antigenic index." Finally, a peak broadening function was applied to the antigenic index, which broadens major surface peaks by adding 20, 40, 60, or 80% of the respective peak value to account for additional free energy derived from the mobility of surface regions relative to interior regions. This calculation was not applied, however, to any major peak that resides in a helical region, since helical regions tend to be less flexible. The results of this analysis indicated that the following amino acid sequences of SEQ ID NO: 2 would provide suitable antigenic peptides: SEQ ID NOs: 3-13 as well as SEQ ID NO: 2 itself. Furthermore, it is clear that variants that are 60% - 99+% identical to Ztsgl are antigenic and can be used to produce antibodies that bind to native Ztsgl.
Polyclonal antibodies to recombinant Ztsgl protein or to Ztsgl isolated from natural sources can be prepared using methods well known to those of skill in the art. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Immunochemical Protocols (Manson, ed.), pages 1-5 (Humana Press 1992), and Williams et al, "Expression of foreign proteins in E. coli using plasmid vectors and purification of specific polyclonal antibodies," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 15 (Oxford University Press 1995). The immunogenicity of a Ztsgl poljφeptide can be increased through the use of an adjuvant, such as alum (aluminum hydroxide) or Freund's complete or incomplete adjuvant. Polypeptides useful for immunization also include fusion polypeptides, such as fusions of Ztsgl or a portion thereof with an immunoglobulin polypeptide or with maltose binding protein. The polypeptide immunogen may be a full-length molecule or a portion thereof. If the poljφeptide portion is "hapten-like," such portion may be advantageously joined or linked to a macromolecular carrier (such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or tetanus toxoid) for immunization. Although polyclonal antibodies are typically raised in animals such as horses, cows, dogs, chicken, rats, mice, rabbits, guinea pigs, goats, or sheep, an anti- Ztsgl antibody of the present invention may also be derived from a subhuman primate antibody. General techniques for raising diagnostically and therapeutically useful antibodies in baboons may be found, for example, in Goldenberg et al, international patent publication No. WO 91/11465, and in Losman et al, Int. J. Cancer 46:310 (1990). Alternatively, monoclonal anti-Ztsgl antibodies can be generated.
Rodent monoclonal antibodies to specific antigens may be obtained by methods known to those skilled in the art [see, for example, Kohler et al, Nature 256:495 (1975), Coligan et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Immunology, Vol. 1, pages 2.5.1-2.6.7 (John Wiley & Sons 1991) ("Coligan"), Picksley et al, "Production of monoclonal antibodies against proteins expressed in E. coli," in DNA Cloning 2: Expression Systems, 2nd Edition, Glover et al. (eds.), page 93 (Oxford University Press 1995)]. Briefly, monoclonal antibodies can be obtained by injecting mice with a composition comprising an Ztsgl gene product, verifying the presence of antibody production by removing a serum sample, removing the spleen to obtain B -lymphocytes, fusing the B- lymphocytes with myeloma cells to produce hybridomas, cloning the hybridomas, selecting positive clones which produce antibodies to the antigen, culturing the clones that produce antibodies to the antigen, and isolating the antibodies from the hybridoma cultures. In addition, an anti-Ztsgl antibody of the present invention may be derived from a human monoclonal antibody. Human monoclonal antibodies are obtained from transgenic mice that have been engineered to produce specific human antibodies in response to antigenic challenge. In this technique, elements of the human heavy and light chain locus are introduced into strains of mice derived from embryonic stem cell lines that contain targeted disruptions of the endogenous heavy chain and light chain loci. The transgenic mice can synthesize human antibodies specific for human antigens, and the mice can be used to produce human antibody-secreting hybridomas. Methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic mice are described, for example, by Green et al, Nature Genet. 7:13 (1994), Lonberg et al, Nature 568:856 (1994), and Taylor et al, Int. Immun. 6:579 (1994). Monoclonal antibodies can be isolated and purified from hybridoma cultures by a variety of well-established techniques. Such isolation techniques include affinity chromatography with Protein-A Sepharose, size-exclusion chromatography, and ion-exchange chromatography [see, for example, Coligan at pages 2.7.1-2.7.12 and pages 2.9.1-2.9.3; Baines et al, "Purification of Immunoglobulin G (IgG)," in Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, pages 79-104 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992)].
For particular uses, it may be desirable to prepare fragments of anti- Ztsgl antibodies. Such antibody fragments can be obtained, for example, by proteolytic hydrolysis of the antibody. Antibody fragments can be obtained by pepsin or papain digestion of whole antibodies by conventional methods. As an illustration, antibody fragments can be produced by enzymatic cleavage of antibodies with pepsin to provide a 5S fragment denoted F(ab')2. This fragment can be further cleaved using a thiol reducing agent to produce 3.5S Fab' monovalent fragments. Optionally, the cleavage reaction can be performed using a blocking group for the sulfhydryl groups that result from cleavage of disulfide linkages. As an alternative, an enzymatic cleavage using pepsin produces two monovalent Fab fragments and an Fc fragment directly. These methods are described, for example, by Goldenberg, U.S. patent No. 4,331,647, Nisonoff et al, Arch Biochem. Biophys. 89:230 (1960), Porter, Biochem. J. 73: 119 (1959), Edelman et al, in Methods in Enzymology Vol 1, page 422 (Academic Press 1967), and by Coligan at pages 2.8.1-2.8.10 and 2.10.-2.10.4. Other methods of cleaving antibodies, such as separation of heavy chains to form monovalent light-heavy chain fragments, further cleavage of fragments, or other enzymatic, chemical or genetic techniques may also be used, so long as the fragments bind to the antigen that is recognized by the intact antibody. For example, Fv fragments comprise an association of VH and VL chains. This association can be noncovalent, as described by Inbar et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 69:2659 (1972). Alternatively, the variable chains can be linked by an intermolecular disulfide bond or cross-linked by chemicals such as glutaraldehyde [see, for example, Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:431 (1992)].
The Fv fragments may comprise VH and VL chains, which are connected by a peptide linker. These single-chain antigen binding proteins (scFv) are prepared by constructing a structural gene comprising DNA sequences encoding the VH and VL domains which are connected by an oligonucleotide. The structural gene is inserted into an expression vector, which is subsequently introduced into a host cell, such as E. coli. The recombinant host cells synthesize a single polypeptide chain with a linker peptide bridging the two V domains. Methods for producing scFvs are described, for example, by Whitlow et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:91 (1991) [also see, Bird et al, Science 242:423 (1988), Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Pack et al, Bio/Technology 77:1271 (1993), and Sandhu, supra]. As an illustration, an scFV can be obtained by exposing lymphocytes to Ztsgl polypeptide in vitro, and selecting antibody display libraries in phage or similar vectors (for instance, through use of immobilized or labeled Ztsgl protein or peptide). Genes encoding polypeptides having potential Ztsgl polypeptide-binding domains can be obtained by screening random peptide libraries displayed on phage (phage display) or on bacteria, such as E. coli. Nucleotide sequences encoding the polypeptides can be obtained in a number of ways, such as through random mutagenesis and random polynucleotide synthesis. These random peptide display libraries can be used to screen for peptides that interact with a known target, which can be a protein or polypeptide, such as a ligand or receptor, a biological or synthetic macromolecule, or organic or inorganic substances. Techniques for creating and screening such random peptide display libraries are known in the art, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 4,946,778, Ladner et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,403,484, Ladner et al, U.S.
Patent No. 5,571,698, and Kay et al, Phage Display of Peptides and Proteins (Academic Press, Inc. 1996) and random peptide display libraries and kits for screening such libraries are available commercially, for instance from CLONTECH Laboratories, Inc. (Palo Alto, CA), Invitrogen Inc. (San Diego, CA), New England Biolabs, Inc. (Beverly, MA), and Pharmacia LKB Biotechnology Inc. (Piscataway, NJ). Random peptide display libraries can be screened using the Ztsgl sequences disclosed herein to identify proteins that bind to Ztsgl. Another form of an antibody fragment is a peptide coding for a single complementarity-determining region (CDR). CDR peptides ("minimal recognition units") can be obtained by constructing genes encoding the CDR of an antibody of interest. Such genes are prepared, for example, by using the polymerase chain reaction to synthesize the variable region from RNA of antibody-producing cells [see, for example, Larrick et al, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology 2:106 (1991), Courtenay-Luck, "Genetic Manipulation of Monoclonal Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering and Clinical Application, Ritter et al. (eds.), page 166 (Cambridge University Press 1995), and Ward et al, "Genetic Manipulation and Expression of Antibodies," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch et al, (eds.), page 137 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995)].
Alternatively, an anti-Ztsgl antibody may be derived from a "humanized" monoclonal antibody. Humanized monoclonal antibodies are produced by transferring mouse complementary determining regions from heavy and light variable chains of the mouse immunoglobulin into a human variable domain. Typical residues of human antibodies are then substituted in the framework regions of the murine counterparts. The use of antibody components derived from humanized monoclonal antibodies obviates potential problems associated with the immunogenicity of murine constant regions. General techniques for cloning murine immunoglobulin variable domains are described, for example, by Orlandi et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci.
USA 86:3833 (1989). Techniques for producing humanized monoclonal antibodies are described, for example, by Jones et al, Nature 527:522 (1986), Carter et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 89:4285 (1992), Sandhu, Crit. Rev. Biotech. 12:431 (1992), Singer et al, J. Immun. 750:2844 (1993), Sudhir (ed.), Antibody Engineering Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1995), Kelley, "Engineering Therapeutic Antibodies," in Protein
Engineering: Principles and Practice, Cleland et al. (eds.), pages 399-434 (John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 1996), and by Queen et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,693,762 (1997).
Polyclonal anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared by immunizing animals with anti-Ztsgl antibodies or antibody fragments, using standard techniques. See, for example, Green et al, "Production of Polyclonal Antisera," in Methods In
Molecular Biology: Immunochemical Protocols, Manson (ed.), pages 1-12 (Humana Press 1992). Also, see Coligan at pages 2.4.1-2.4.7. Alternatively, monoclonal anti- idiotype antibodies can be prepared using anti-Ztsgl antibodies or antibody fragments as immunogens with the techniques, described above. As another alternative, humanized anti-idiotype antibodies or subhuman primate anti-idiotype antibodies can be prepared using the above-described techniques. Methods for producing anti-idiotype antibodies are described, for example, by Irie, U.S. Patent No. 5,208,146, Greene, et. al, U.S. Patent No. 5,637,677, and Varthakavi and Minocha, J. Gen. Virol. 77:1875 (1996).
Diagnostic Application of Ztsgl Nucleotide Sequences Nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect the expression of a Ztsgl gene in a biological sample. Probe molecules include double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a fragment thereof. Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. A positive test in such assays of synovial fluid would indicate that an individual would have rheumatoid arthritis. In a basic assay, a single-stranded probe molecule is incubated with RNA, isolated from a biological sample, under conditions of temperature and ionic strength that promote base pairing between the probe and target Ztsgl RNA species. After separating unbound probe from hybridized molecules, the amount of hybrids is detected. Illustrative biological samples include blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material. Well- established hybridization methods of RNA detection include northern analysis and dot/slot blot hybridization. See, for example, Ausubel (1995) at pages 4-1 to 4-27, and Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Gene Expression at the RNA Level," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 225-239 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997). Nucleic acid probes can be labeled with radioisotopes such as 32P or 35S. Alternatively, Ztsgl RNA can be detected with a non-radioactive hybridization method. See, for example, Isaac (ed.), Protocols for Nucleic Acid Analysis by Nonradioactive Probes (Humana Press, Inc. 1993). Typically, nonradioactive detection is achieved by enzymatic conversion of chromogenic or chemiluminescent substrates. Illustrative nonradioactive moieties include biotin, fluorescein, and digoxigenin. Ztsgl oligonucleotide probes are also useful for in vivo diagnosis. As an illustration, F-labeled oligonucleotides can be administered to a subject and visualized by positron emission tomography [Tavitian et al, Nature Medicine 4:467 (1998)]. Numerous diagnostic procedures take advantage of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to increase sensitivity of detection methods. Standard techniques for performing PCR are well-known [see, generally, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), White (ed.), PCR Protocols: Current Methods and Applications (Humana Press, Inc. 1993), Cotter (ed.), Molecular Diagnosis of Cancer (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Hanausek and Walaszek (eds.), Tumor Marker Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), Lo (ed.), Clinical Applications of PCR (Humana Press, Inc. 1998), and Meltzer (ed.), PCT? in Bioanalysis (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)].
One variation of PCR for diagnostic assays is reverse transcriptase-PCR (RT-PCR). In the RT-PCR technique, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, reverse transcribed to cDNA, and the cDNA is incubated with Ztsgl primers [see, for example, Wu et al. (eds.), "Rapid Isolation of Specific cDNAs or Genes by PCR," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 15-28 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)]. PCR is then performed and the products are analyzed using standard techniques. As an illustration, RNA is isolated from biological sample using, for example, the guanidinium- thiocyanate cell lysis procedure described above. Alternatively, a solid-phase technique can be used to isolate mRNA from a cell lysate. A reverse transcription reaction can be primed with the isolated RNA using random oligonucleotides, short homopolymers of dT, or Ztsgl anti-sense oligomers. Oligo-dT primers offer the advantage that various mRNA nucleotide sequences are amplified that can provide control target sequences. Ztsgl sequences are amplified by the polymerase chain reaction using two flanking oligonucleotide primers that are typically 20 bases in length. PCR amplification products can be detected using a variety of approaches. For example, PCR products can be fractionated by gel electrophoresis, and visualized by ethidium bromide staining. Alternatively, fractionated PCR products can be transferred to a membrane, hybridized with a detectably labeled Ztsgl probe, and examined by autoradiography. Additional alternative approaches include the use of digoxigenin-labeled deoxyribonucleic acid triphosphates to provide chemiluminescence detection, and the C-TRAK colorimetric assay.
Another approach for detection of Ztsgl expression is cycling probe technology (CPT), in which a single-stranded DNA target binds with an excess of
DNA-RNA-DNA chimeric probe to form a complex, the RNA portion is cleaved with RNAase H, and the presence of cleaved chimeric probe is detected [see, for example, Beggs et al, J. Clin. Microbiol. 54:2985 (1996), Bekkaoui et al, Biotechniques 20:240 (1996)]. Alternative methods for detection of Ztsgl sequences can utilize approaches such as nucleic acid sequence-based amplification (NASBA), cooperative amplification of templates by cross-hybridization (CATCH), and the ligase chain reaction (LCR) [see, for example, Marshall et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,686,272 (1997), Dyer et al, J. Virol. Methods 60:161 (1996), Ehricht et al, Eur. J. Biochem. 245:358 (1997), and Chadwick et al, J. Virol. Methods 70:59 (1998)]. Other standard methods are known to those of skill in the art.
Ztsgl probes and primers can also be used to detect and to localize Ztsgl gene expression in tissue samples. Methods for such in situ hybridization are well- known to those of skill in the art [see, for example, Choo (ed.), In Situ Hybridization Protocols (Humana Press, Inc. 1994), Wu et al. (eds.), "Analysis of Cellular DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Radioactive In Situ Hybridization (RISH)," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 259-278 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997), and Wu et al. (eds.), "Localization of DNA or Abundance of mRNA by Fluorescence In Situ Hybridization (RISH)," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 279-289 (CRC Press, Inc. 1997)]. Various additional diagnostic approaches are well known to those of skill in the art [see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Coleman and Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), and Elles, Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc.,
1996)].
Nucleic acid molecules comprising Ztsgl nucleotide sequences can also be used to determine whether a subject's chromosomes contain a mutation in the Ztsgl gene. Detectable chromosomal aberrations at the Ztsgl gene locus include, but are not limited to, aneuploidy, gene copy number changes, insertions, deletions, restriction site changes and rearrangements. Of particular interest are genetic alterations that inactivate the Ztsgl gene. Aberrations associated with the Ztsgl locus can be detected using nucleic acid molecules of the present invention by employing molecular genetic techniques, such as restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) analysis, short tandem repeat (STR) analysis employing PCR techniques, amplification-refractory mutation system analysis (ARMS), single-strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) detection, RNase cleavage methods, denaturing gradient gel electrophoresis, fluorescence-assisted mismatch analysis (FAMA), and other genetic analysis techniques known in the art [see, for example, Mathew (ed.), Protocols in Human Molecular Genetics (Humana Press, Inc. 1991), Marian, Chest 108:155 (1995), Coleman and
Tsongalis, Molecular Diagnostics (Human Press, Inc. 1996), Elles (ed.) Molecular Diagnosis of Genetic Diseases (Humana Press, Inc. 1996), Landegren (ed.), Laboratory Protocols for Mutation Detection (Oxford University Press 1996), Birren et al (eds.), Genome Analysis, Vol. 2: Detecting Genes (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press 1998), Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics (John Wiley &
Sons 1998), and Richards and Ward, "Molecular Diagnostic Testing," in Principles of Molecular Medicine, pages 83-88 (Humana Press, Inc. 1998)].
The protein truncation test is also useful for detecting the inactivation of a gene in which translation-terminating mutations produce only portions of the encoded protein [see, for example, Stoppa-Lyonnet et al, Blood 97:3920 (1998)]. According to this approach, RNA is isolated from a biological sample, and used to synthesize cDNA.
PCR is then used to amplify the Ztsgl target sequence and to introduce an RNA polymerase promoter, a translation initiation sequence, and an in-frame ATG triplet. PCR products are transcribed using an RNA polymerase, and the transcripts are translated in vitro with a T7-coupled reticulocyte lysate system. The translation products are then fractionated by SDS -PAGE to determine the lengths of the translation products. The protein truncation test is described, for example, by Dracopoli et al. (eds.), Current Protocols in Human Genetics, pages 9.11.1 - 9.11.18 (John Wiley & Sons 1998).
In a related approach, Ztsgl protein is isolated from a subject, the molecular weight of the isolated Ztsgl protein is determined, and then compared with the molecular weight a normal Ztsgl protein, such as a protein having the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2. A substantially lower molecular weight for the isolated Ztsgl protein is indicative that the protein is truncated. In this context, "substantially lower molecular weight" refers to at least about 10 percent lower, and preferably, at least about 25 percent lower. The Ztsgl protein may be isolated by various procedures known in the art including immunoprecipitation, solid phase radioimmunoassay, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay, or Western blotting. The molecular weight of the isolated Ztsgl protein can be determined using standard techniques, such as SDS- polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
The present invention also contemplates kits for performing a diagnostic assay for Ztsgl gene expression or to detect mutations in the Ztsgl gene. Such kits comprise nucleic acid probes, such as double-stranded nucleic acid molecules comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, or a fragment thereof, as well as single-stranded nucleic acid molecules having the complement of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 , or a fragment thereof. Probe molecules may be DNA, RNA, oligonucleotides, and the like. Kits may comprise nucleic acid primers for performing PCR.
Preferably, such a kit contains all the necessary elements to perform a nucleic acid diagnostic assay described above. A kit will comprise at least one container comprising a Ztsgl probe or primer. The kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Ztsgl sequences. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as radioactive labels, fluorochromes, chemiluminescent agents, and the like. A kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that the Ztsgl probes and primers are used to detect Ztsgl gene expression. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed nucleic acid molecules can be used to detect either a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Ztsgl, or a nucleic acid molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is complementary to a Ztsgl -encoding nucleotide sequence. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
Diagnostic Application of Anti-Ztsgl Antibodies The present invention contemplates the use of anti-Ztsgl antibodies to screen biological samples in vitro for the presence of Ztsgl. In one type of in vitro assay, anti-Ztsgl antibodies are used in liquid phase. For example, the presence of Ztsgl in a biological sample can be tested by mixing the biological sample with a trace amount of labeled Ztsgl and an anti-Ztsgl antibody under conditions that promote binding between Ztsgl and its antibody. Complexes of Ztsgl and anti-Ztsgl in the sample can be separated from the reaction mixture by contacting the complex with an immobilized protein which binds with the antibody, such as an Fc antibody or Staphylococcus protein A. The concentration of Ztsgl in the biological sample will be inversely proportional to the amount of labeled Ztsgl bound to the antibody and directly related to the amount of free Ztsgl. Illustrative biological samples include blood, synovial fluid, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy, and autopsy material. Positive results in such tests could indicate that an individual has arthritis. Alternatively, in vitro assays can be performed in which anti- Ztsgl antibody is bound to a solid-phase carrier. For example, antibody can be attached to a polymer, such as aminodextran, in order to link the antibody to an insoluble support such as a polymer-coated bead, a plate or a tube. Other suitable in vitro assays will be readily apparent to those of skill in the art.
In another approach, anti- Ztsgl antibodies can be used to detect Ztsgl in tissue sections prepared from a biopsy specimen. Such immunochemical detection can be used to determine the relative abundance of Ztsgl and to determine the distribution of Ztsgl in the examined tissue. General immunochemistry techniques are well established
[see, for example, Ponder, "Cell Marking Techniques and Their Application," in Mammalian Development: A Practical Approach, Monk (ed.), pages 115-38 (IRL Press 1987), Coligan at pages 5.8.1-5.8.8, Ausubel (1995) at pages 14.6.1 to 14.6.13 (Wiley Interscience 1990), and Manson (ed.), Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10: Immunochemical Protocols [The Humana Press, Inc. (1992)]. Immunochemical detection can be performed by contacting a biological sample with an anti-Ztsgl antibody, and then contacting the biological sample with a detectably labeled molecule that binds to the antibody. For example, the detectably labeled molecule can comprise an antibody moiety that binds to anti-Ztsgl antibody. Alternatively, the anti-Ztsgl antibody can be conjugated with avidin/streptavidin (or biotin) and the detectably labeled molecule can comprise biotin (or avidin/streptavidin). Numerous variations of this basic technique are well known to those of skill in the art. Alternatively, an anti-Ztsgl antibody can be conjugated with a detectable label to form an anti-Ztsgl immunoconjugate. Suitable detectable labels include, for example, a radioisotope, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label or colloidal gold. Methods of making and detecting such detectably labeled immunoconjugates are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and are described in more detail below. The detectable label can be a radioisotope that is detected by autoradiography. Isotopes that are particularly useful for the purpose of the present invention are 3H, 1251, l31I, 35S and 14C. Anti-Ztsgl immunoconjugates can also be labeled with a fluorescent compound. The presence of a fluorescent-labeled antibody is determined by exposing the immunoconjugate to light of the proper wavelength and detecting the resultant fluorescence. Fluorescent labeling compounds include fluorescein isothiocyanate, rhodamine, phycoerytherin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, o-phthaldehyde and fluorescamine. Alternatively, anti-Ztsgl immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by coupling an antibody component to a chemiluminescent compound. The presence of the chemiluminescent-tagged immunoconjugate is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence that arises during the course of a chemical reaction. Examples of chemiluminescent labeling compounds include luminol, isoluminol, an aromatic acridinium ester, an imidazole, an acridinium salt and an oxalate ester. Similarly, a bioluminescent compound can be used to label anti-Ztsgl immunoconjugates of the present invention. Bioluminescence is a type of chemilurninescence found in biological systems in which a catalytic protein increases the efficiency of the chemiluminescent reaction. The presence of a bioluminescent protein is determined by detecting the presence of luminescence. Bioluminescent compounds that are useful for labeling include luciferin, luciferase and aequorin. Alternatively, anti-Ztsgl immunoconjugates can be detectably labeled by linking an anti-Ztsgl antibody component to an enzyme. When the anti-Ztsgl -enzyme conjugate is incubated in the presence of the appropriate substrate, the enzyme moiety reacts with the substrate to produce a chemical moiety that can be detected, for example, by spectrophotometric, fluorometric or visual means. Examples of enzymes that can be used to detectably label polyspecific immunoconjugates include β-galactosidase, glucose oxidase, peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase. Those of skill in the art will know of other suitable labels, which can be employed in accordance with the present invention. The binding of marker moieties to anti-Ztsgl antibodies can be accomplished using standard techniques known to the art. Typical methodology in this regard is described by Kennedy et al, Clin. Chim. Ada 70:1 (1976), Schurs et al, Clin. Chim. Acta 81:1 (1977), Shih et al, Int'l J. Cancer 46:1101 (1990), Stein et al, CancerRes. 50:1330 (1990), and Coligan, supra. Moreover, the convenience and versatility of immunochemical detection can be enhanced by using anti-Ztsgl antibodies that have been conjugated with avidin, streptavidin, and biotin. See, for example, Wilchek et al. (eds.), "Avidin-Biotin Technology," Methods In Enzymology, Vol. 184 (Academic Press 1990), and Bayer et al, "Immunochemical Applications of Avidin-Biotin Technology," in Methods In Molecular Biology, Vol. 10, Manson (ed.), pages 149-162 (The Humana Press, Inc. 1992).
Methods for performing immunoassays are well established. See, for example, Cook and Self, "Monoclonal Antibodies in Diagnostic Immunoassays," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Production, Engineering, and Clinical Application, Ritter and Ladyman (eds.), pages 180-208, (Cambridge University Press, 1995), Perry, "The Role of Monoclonal Antibodies in the Advancement of Immunoassay Technology," in Monoclonal Antibodies: Principles and Applications, Birch and Lennox (eds.), pages 107-120 (Wiley-Liss, Inc. 1995), and Diamandis, Immunoassay (Academic Press, Inc. 1996). In a related approach, biotin- or FTTC-labeled Ztsgl can be used to identify cells that bind Ztsgl . Such can binding can be detected, for example, using flow cytometry.
The present invention also contemplates kits for performing an immunological diagnostic assay for Ztsgl gene expression. Such kits comprise at least one container comprising an anti-Ztsgl antibody, or antibody fragment. A kit may also comprise a second container comprising one or more reagents capable of indicating the presence of Ztsgl antibody or antibody fragments. Examples of such indicator reagents include detectable labels such as a radioactive label, a fluorescent label, a chemiluminescent label, an enzyme label, a bioluminescent label, colloidal gold, and the like. A kit may also comprise a means for conveying to the user that Ztsgl antibodies or antibody fragments are used to detect Ztsgl protein. For example, written instructions may state that the enclosed antibody or antibody fragment can be used to detect Ztsgl. The written material can be applied directly to a container, or the written material can be provided in the form of a packaging insert.
Therapeutic Uses of Polypeptides Having Ztsgl Activity Generally, the dosage of administered Ztsgl for the treatment of autoimmune-related disorders such as rheumatoid arthritis (or Ztsgl analog or fusion protein) will vary depending upon such factors as the patient's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Typically, it is desirable to provide the recipient with a dosage of Ztsgl that is in the range of from about 1 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg (amount of agent/body weight of patient), although a lower or higher dosage also may be administered as circumstances dictate. Administration of a molecule having Ztsgl activity to a subject can be intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intrapleural, intrathecal, by perfusion through a regional catheter, or by direct intralesional injection. When administering therapeutic proteins by injection, the administration may be by continuous infusion or by single or multiple boluses. Alternatively, Ztsgl can be administered as a controlled release formulation. For example, Cleland and Jones, Pharm. Res. 75:1464 (1996), describe a method for producing interferon-γ encapsulated in polylactic-coglycolic microspheres. Additional routes of administration include oral, dermal, mucosal- membrane, pulmonary, and transcutaneous. Oral delivery is suitable for polyester microspheres, zein microspheres, proteinoid microspheres, polycyanoacrylate microspheres, and lipid-based systems (see, for example, DiBase and Morrel, "Oral Delivery of Microencapsulated Proteins," in Protein Delivery: Physical Systems, Sanders and Hendren (eds.), pages 255-288 (Plenum Press 1997)). The feasibility of an intranasal delivery is exemplified by such a mode of insulin administration (see, for example, Hinchcliffe and Ilium, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 55:199 (1999)). Dry or liquid particles comprising Ztsgl can be prepared and inhaled with the aid of dry-powder dispersers, liquid aerosol generators, or nebulizers, e.g., Pettit and Gombotz, TIBTECH 76:343 (1998); Patton et al, Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 35:135 (1999). This approach is illustrated by the AERX diabetes management system, which is a hand-held electronic inhaler that delivers aerosolized insulin into the lungs. Studies have shown that proteins as large as 48,000 kDa have been delivered across skin at therapeutic concentrations with the aid of low-frequency ultrasound, which illustrates the feasibility of transcutaneous administration (Mitragotri et al, Science 269:850 (1995)).
Transdermal delivery using electroporation provides another means to administer Ztsgl (Potts et al, Pharm. Biotechnol 10:113 (1997)).
A pharmaceutical composition comprising a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Ztsgl activity can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, wherein the therapeutic proteins are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. A composition is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient patient. Sterile phosphate-buffered saline is one example of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Other suitable carriers are well known to those in the art. See, for example, Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995). For purposes of therapy, molecules having Ztsgl activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a patient in a therapeutically effective amount. A combination of a protein, polypeptide, or peptide having Ztsgl activity and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient patient. In the present context, an agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in the inhibition of the growth of tumor cells or in the inhibition of a viral infection. An inhibition of tumor growth may be indicated, for example, by a decrease in the number of tumor cells, decreased metastasis, a decrease in the size of a solid tumor, or increased necrosis of a tumor. Indicators of viral infection inhibition include decreased viral titer, a decrease in detectable viral antigen, or an increase in anti-viral antibody titer.
A pharmaceutical composition comprising molecules having Ztsgl activity can be furnished in liquid form, in an aerosol, or in solid form. Proteins having Ztsgl activity, such as human or murine Ztsgl, can be administered as a conjugate with a pharmaceutically acceptable water-soluble polymer moiety, as described above. As an illustration, a Ztsgl -polyethylene glycol conjugate is useful to increase the circulating half-life of the Ztsgl, and to reduce the immunogenicity of the poljφeptide. Liquid forms, including liposome-encapsulated formulations, are illustrated by injectable solutions and oral suspensions. Exemplary solid forms include capsules, tablets, and controlled-release forms, such as a miniosmotic pump or an implant. Other dosage forms can be devised by those skilled in the art, as shown, for example, by Ansel and Popovich, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, 5( Edition (Lea & Febiger 1990), Gennaro (ed.), Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Edition (Mack Publishing Company 1995), and by Ranade and Hollinger, Drug Delivery Systems (CRC Press 1996).
As an illustration, Ztsgl pharmaceutical compositions may be supplied as a kit comprising a container that comprises Ztsgl, a Ztsgl agonist, or a Ztsgl antagonist (e.g., an anti- Ztsgl antibody or antibody fragment). Ztsgl can be provided in the form of an injectable solution for single or multiple doses, or as a sterile powder that will be reconstituted before injection. Alternatively, such a kit can include a dry- powder disperser, liquid aerosol generator, or nebulizer for administration of a therapeutic polypeptide. Such a kit may further comprise written information on indications and usage of the pharmaceutical composition. Moreover, such information may include a statement that the Ztsgl composition is contraindicated in patients with known Ivypersensitivity to Ztsgl. There are numerous approaches to introduce a Ztsgl gene to a subject, including the use of recombinant host cells that express Ztsgl, delivery of naked nucleic acid encoding Ztsgl, use of a cationic lipid carrier with a nucleic acid molecule that encodes Ztsgl, and the use of viruses that express Ztsgl, such as recombinant retroviruses, recombinant adeno-associated viruses, recombinant adenoviruses, and recombinant Herpes simplex viruses (HSV). See, for example, Mulligan, Science 260:926 (1993), Rosenberg et al, Science 242:1515 (1988), LaSalle et al, Science 259:988 (1993), Wolff et al, Science 247:1465 (1990), Breakfield and Deluca, The New Biologist 3:203 (1991). In an ex vivo approach, for example, cells are isolated from a subject, transfected with a vector that expresses a Ztsgl gene, and then transplanted into the subject.
To effect expression of a Ztsgl gene, an expression vector is constructed in which a nucleotide sequence encoding a Ztsgl gene is operably linked to a core promoter, and optionally a regulatory element, to control gene transcription. The general requirements of an expression vector are described above. Alternatively, a Ztsgl gene can be delivered using recombinant viral vectors, including for example, adenoviral vectors [e.g., Kass-Eisler et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 90:11498 (1993), Kolls et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 91:115 (1994), Li et al, Hum. Gene Ther. 4:403 (1993), Vincent et al, Nat. Genet. 5:130 (1993), and Zabner et al, Cell 75:101 (1993)], adenovirus- associated viral vectors [Flotte et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 90: 10613 (1993)), alphaviruses such as Semliki Forest Virus and Sindbis Virus (Hertz and Huang, J. Vir. 66:857 (1992), Raju and Huang, J. Vir. 65:2501 (1991), and Xiong et al, Science 243:1188 (1989)], herpes viral vectors [e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 4,769,331, 4,859,587, 5,288,641 and 5,328,688), parvovirus vectors (Koering et al, Hum. Gene Therap. 5:457 (1994)], pox virus vectors [Ozaki et al, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 795:653
(1993), Panicali and Paoletti, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 79:4927 (1982)], pox viruses, such as canary pox virus or vaccinia virus [Fisher-Hoch et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 86:317 (1989), and Flexner et al, Ann. NY. Acad. Sci. 569:86 (1989)], and retroviruses [e.g., Baba et al, J. Neurosurg 79:129 (1993), Ram et al, Cancer Res. 55:83 (1993), Takamiya et al, J. Neurosci. Res 55:493 (1992), Vile and Hart, Cancer
Res. 53:962 (1993), Vile and Hart, Cancer Res. 55:3860 (1993), and Anderson et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,399,346]. Within various embodiments, either the viral vector itself, or a viral particle which contains the viral vector may be utilized in the methods and compositions described below. As an illustration of one system, adenovirus, a double-stranded DNA virus, is a well-characterized gene transfer vector for delivery of a heterologous nucleic acid molecule [for a review, see Becker et al, Meth. Cell Biol. 43:161 (1994); Douglas and Curiel, Science & Medicine 4:44 (1997)]. The adenovirus system offers several advantages including: (i) the ability to accommodate relatively large DNA inserts, (ii) the ability to be grown to high-titer, (iii) the ability to infect a broad range of mammalian cell types, and (iv) the ability to be used with many different promoters including ubiquitous, tissue specific, and regulatable promoters. In addition, adenoviruses can be administered by intravenous injection, because the viruses are stable in the bloodstream. Using adenovirus vectors where portions of the adenovirus genome are deleted, inserts are incorporated into the viral DNA by direct ligation or by homologous recombination with a co-transfected plasmid. In an exemplary system, the essential El gene is deleted from the viral vector, and the virus will not replicate unless the El gene is provided by the host cell. When intravenously administered to intact animals, adenovirus primarily targets the liver. Although an adenoviral delivery system with an El gene deletion cannot replicate in the host cells, the host's tissue will express and process an encoded heterologous protein. Host cells will also secrete the heterologous protein if the corresponding gene includes a secretory signal sequence. Secreted proteins will enter the circulation from tissue that expresses the heterologous gene (e.g., the highly vascularized liver). Moreover, adenoviral vectors containing various deletions of viral genes can be used to reduce or eliminate immune responses to the vector. Such adenoviruses are El -deleted, and in addition, contain deletions of E2A or E4 (Lusky et al, J. Virol. 72:2011 (1998); Raper et al, Human Gene Therapy 9:671 (1998)). The deletion of E2b has also been reported to reduce immune responses [Amalfitano et al, J. Virol. 72:926 (1998)]. By deleting the entire adenovirus genome, very large inserts of heterologous DNA can be accommodated. Generation of so-called "gutless" adenoviruses, where all viral genes are deleted, are particularly advantageous for insertion of large inserts of heterologous DNA [for a review, see Yeh. and
Perricaudet, FASEB J. 77:615 (1997)].
High titer stocks of recombinant viruses capable of expressing a therapeutic gene can be obtained from infected mammalian cells using standard methods. For example, recombinant HSV can be prepared in Vero cells, as described by Brandt et al, J. Gen. Virol. 72:2043 (1991), Herold et al, J. Gen. Virol. 75:1211
(1994), Visalli and Brandt, Virology 785:419 (1991), Grau et al, Invest. Ophthalmol. Vis. Sci. 30:2414 (1989), Brandt et al, J. Virol. Meth. 36:209 (1992), and by Brown and MacLean (eds.), HSV Virus Protocols (Humana Press 1997).
Alternatively, an expression vector comprising a Ztsgl gene can be introduced into a subject's cells by lipofection in vivo using liposomes. Synthetic cationic lipids can be used to prepare liposomes for in vivo transfection of a gene encoding a marker [Feigner et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 84:7413 (1987); Mackey et al, Proc. Nat'lAcad. Sci. USA 85:8027 (1988)]. The use of lipofection to introduce exogenous genes into specific organs in vivo has certain practical advantages. Liposomes can be used to direct transfection to particular cell types, which is particularly advantageous in a tissue with cellular heterogeneity, such as the pancreas, liver, kidney, and brain. Lipids may be chemically coupled to other molecules for the purpose of targeting. Targeted peptides (e.g., hormones or neurotransmitters), proteins such as antibodies, or non-peptide molecules can be coupled to liposomes chemically. Electroporation is another alternative mode of administration. For example, Aihara and Miyazaki, Nature Biotechnology 76:867 (1998), have demonstrated the use of in vivo electroporation for gene transfer into muscle. In an alternative approach to gene therapy, a therapeutic gene may encode a Ztsgl anti-sense RNA that inhibits the expression of Ztsgl. Suitable sequences for anti-sense molecules can be derived from the nucleotide sequences of Ztsgl disclosed herein.
Alternatively, an expression vector can be constructed in which a regulatory element is operably linked to a nucleotide sequence that encodes a ribozyme. Ribozymes can be designed to express endonuclease activity that is directed to a certain target sequence in a mRNA molecule (see, for example, Draper and Macejak, U.S. Patent No. 5,496,698, McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,525,468, Chowrira and McSwiggen, U.S. Patent No. 5,631,359, and Robertson and Goldberg, U.S. Patent No. 5,225,337). In the context of the present invention, ribozymes include nucleotide sequences that bind with Ztsgl mRNA. In another approach, expression vectors can be constructed in which a regulatory element directs the production of RNA transcripts capable of promoting RNase P-mediated cleavage of mRNA molecules that encode a Ztsgl gene. According to this approach, an external guide sequence can be constructed for directing the endogenous ribozyme, RNase P, to a particular species of intracellular mRNA, which is subsequently cleaved by the cellular ribozyme [see, for example, Altman et al, U.S. Patent No. 5,168,053, Yuan et al, Science 263:1269 (1994), Pace et al, international publication No. WO 96/18733, George et al, international publication No. WO 96/21731, and Werner et al, international publication No. WO 97/33991]. Preferably, the external guide sequence comprises a ten to fifteen nucleotide sequence complementary to Ztsgl mRNA, and a 3'-NCCA nucleotide sequence, wherein N is preferably a purine. The external guide sequence transcripts bind to the targeted mRNA species by the formation of base pairs between the mRNA and the complementary external guide sequences, thus promoting cleavage of mRNA by RNase P at the nucleotide located at the 5'-side of the base-paired region.
In general, the dosage of a composition comprising a therapeutic vector having a Ztsgl nucleotide acid sequence, such as a recombinant virus, will vary depending upon such factors as the subject's age, weight, height, sex, general medical condition and previous medical history. Suitable routes of administration of therapeutic vectors include intravenous injection, intraarterial injection, intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, intratumoral injection, and injection into a cavity that contains a tumor. As an illustration, Horton et al, Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 96: 1553 (1999), demonstrated that intramuscular injection of plasmid DNA encoding interferon-α produces potent anti-tumor effects on primary and metastatic tumors in a murine model.
A composition comprising viral vectors, non-viral vectors, or a combination of viral and non-viral vectors of the present invention can be formulated according to known methods to prepare pharmaceutically useful compositions, whereby vectors or viruses are combined in a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. As noted above, a composition, such as phosphate-buffered saline is said to be a "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" if its administration can be tolerated by a recipient subject. Other suitable carriers are well known to those in the art [see, for example, Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 19th Ed. (Mack Publishing Co. 1995), and Gilman 's the Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics, 7th Ed. (MacMillan Publishing Co. 1985)].
For purposes of therapy, a therapeutic gene expression vector, or a recombinant virus comprising such a vector, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier are administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount. A combination of an expression vector (or virus) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is said to be administered in a "therapeutically effective amount" if the amount administered is physiologically significant. An agent is physiologically significant if its presence results in a detectable change in the physiology of a recipient subject. In the present context, an agent is physiologically significant if its presence inhibits the growth of tumor cells or inhibits viral infection. An inhibition of tumor growth may be indicated, for example, by a decrease in the number of tumor cells, decreased metastasis, a decrease in the size of a solid tumor, or increased necrosis of a tumor. Indicators of viral infection inhibition include decreased viral titer, a decrease in detectable viral antigen, or an increase in anti-viral antibody titer. When the subject treated with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus is a human, then the therapy is preferably somatic cell gene therapy. That is, the preferred treatment of a human with a therapeutic gene expression vector or a recombinant virus does not entail introducing into cells a nucleic acid molecule that can form part of a human germ line and be passed onto successive generations (i.e., human germ line gene therapy). Production of Transgenic Mice
Transgenic mice can be engineered to over-express the human Ztsgl gene in all tissues or under the control of a tissue-specific or tissue-preferred regulatory element. These over-producers of Ztsgl can be used to characterize the phenotype that results from over-expression, and the transgenic animals can serve as models for human disease caused by excess Ztsgl. Transgenic mice that over-express Ztsgl also provide model bioreactors for production of Ztsgl in the milk or blood of larger animals. Methods for producing transgenic mice are well-known to those of skill in the art [see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-
124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), Monastersky and Robl (eds.), Strategies in Transgenic Animal Science (ASM Press 1995), and Abbud and Nilson, "Recombinant Protein Expression in Transgenic Mice," in Gene Expression Systems: Using Nature for the Art of Expression, Fernandez and Hoeffler (eds.), pages 367-397 (Academic Press, Inc. 1999)].
For example, a method for producing a transgenic mouse that expresses a Ztsgl gene can begin with adult, fertile males (studs) [B6C3f 1 , 2-8 months of age (Taconic Farms, Germantown, NY)], vasectomized males (duds) [B6D2fl, 2-8 months, (Taconic Farms)], prepubescent fertile females (donors) (B6C3fl, 4-5 weeks, (Taconic Farms)] and adult fertile females (recipients) [B6D2fl, 2-4 months, (Taconic Farms)]. The donors are acclimated for one week and then injected with approximately 8 IU/mouse of Pregnant Mare's Serum gonadotrophin (Sigma Chemical Company; St. Louis, MO) I.P., and 46-47 hours later, 8 IU/mouse of human Chorionic Gonadotropin (hCG (Sigma)) I.P. to induce superovulation. Donors are mated with studs subsequent to hormone injections. Ovulation generally occurs within 13 hours of hCG injection. Copulation is confirmed by the presence of a vaginal plug the morning following mating.
Fertilized eggs are collected under a surgical scope. The oviducts are collected and eggs are released into urinanalysis slides containing hyaluronidase (Sigma). Eggs are washed once in hyaluronidase, and twice in Whitten's W640 medium [described, for example, by Menino and O'Claray, Biol. Reprod. 77:159 (1986), and Dienhart and Downs, Zygote 4:129 (1996)] that has been incubated with 5% CO2, 5% O2, and 90% N2 at 37°C. The eggs are then stored in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator until microinjection. Ten to twenty micrograms of plasmid DNA containing a Ztsgl encoding sequence is linearized, gel-purified, and resuspended in 10 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 0.25 mM EDTA (pH 8.0), at a final concentration of 5-10 nanograms per microliter for microinjection. Plasmid DNA is microinjected into harvested eggs contained in a drop of W640 medium overlaid by warm, Cθ2-equilibrated mineral oil. The DNA is drawn into an injection needle (pulled from a 0.75mm ID, 1mm OD borosilicate glass capillary), and injected into individual eggs. Each egg is penetrated with the injection needle, into one or both of the haploid pronuclei. Picoliters of DNA are injected into the pronuclei, and the injection needle withdrawn without coming into contact with the nucleoli. The procedure is repeated until all the eggs are injected. Successfully microinjected eggs are transferred into an organ tissue-culture dish with pre-gassed W640 medium for storage overnight in a 37°C/5% CO2 incubator. The following day, two-cell embryos are transferred into pseudopregnant recipients. The recipients are identified by the presence of copulation plugs, after copulating with vasectomized duds. Recipients are anesthetized and shaved on the dorsal left side and transferred to a surgical microscope. A small incision is made in the skin and through the muscle wall in the middle of the abdominal area outlined by the ribcage, the saddle, and the hind leg, midway between knee and spleen. The reproductive organs are exteriorized onto a small surgical drape. The fat pad is stretched out over the surgical drape, and a baby serrefine (Roboz, Rockville, MD) is attached to the fat pad and left hanging over the back of the mouse, preventing the organs from sliding back in. With a fine transfer pipette containing mineral oil followed by alternating W640 and air bubbles, 12-17 healthy two-cell embryos from the previous day's injection are transferred into the recipient. The swollen ampulla is located and holding the oviduct between the ampulla and the bursa, a nick in the oviduct is made with a 28 g needle close to the bursa, making sure not to tear the ampulla or the bursa. The pipette is transferred into the nick in the oviduct, and the embryos are blown in, allowing the first air bubble to escape the pipette. The fat pad is gently pushed into the peritoneum, and the reproductive organs allowed to slide in. The peritoneal wall is closed with one suture and the skin closed with a wound clip. The mice recuperate on a 37°C slide warmer for a minimum of four hours. The recipients are returned to cages in pairs, and allowed 19-21 days gestation.
After birth, 19-21 days postpartum is allowed before weaning. The weanlings are sexed and placed into separate sex cages, and a 0.5 cm biopsy (used for genotjφing) is snipped off the tail with clean scissors. Genomic DNA is prepared from the tail snips using, for example, a QIAGEN DNEASY kit following the manufacturer's instructions. Genomic DNA is analyzed by PCR using primers designed to amplify a Ztsgl gene or a selectable marker gene that was introduced in the same plasmid. After animals are confirmed to be transgenic, they are backcrossed into an inbred strain by placing a transgenic female with a wild-type male, or a transgenic male with one or two wild-type female(s). As pups are born and weaned, the sexes are separated, and their tails snipped for genotjφing. To check for expression of a transgene in a live animal, a partial hepatectomy is performed. A surgical prep is made of the upper abdomen directly below the zyphoid process. Using sterile technique, a small 1.5-2 cm incision is made below the sternum and the left lateral lobe of the liver exteriorized. Using 4-0 silk, a tie is made around the lower lobe securing it outside the body cavity. An atraumatic clamp is used to hold the tie while a second loop of absorbable Dexon (American Cyanamid; Wayne, N.J.) is placed proximal to the first tie. A distal cut is made from the Dexon tie and approximately 100 mg of the excised liver tissue is placed in a sterile petri dish. The excised liver section is transferred to a 14 ml polypropylene round bottom tube and snap frozen in liquid nitrogen and then stored on dry ice. The surgical site is closed with suture and wound clips, and the animal's cage placed on a 37°C heating pad for 24 hours post operatively. The animal is checked daily post operatively and the wound clips removed 7-10 days after surgery. The expression level of Ztsgl mRNA is examined for each transgenic mouse using an RNA solution hybridization assay or polymerase chain reaction.
In addition to producing transgenic mice that over-express Ztsgl, it is useful to engineer transgenic mice with either abnormally low or no expression of the gene. Such transgenic mice provide useful models for diseases associated with a lack of Ztsgl. As discussed above, Ztsgl gene expression can be inhibited using anti-sense genes, ribozyme genes, or external guide sequence genes. To produce transgenic mice that under-express the Ztsgl gene, such inhibitory sequences are targeted to murine Ztsgl mRNA. Methods for producing transgenic mice that have abnormally low expression of a particular gene are known to those in the art [see, for example, Wu et al, "Gene Underexpression in Cultured Cells and Animals by Antisense DNA and RNA Strategies," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 205-224 (CRC Press
1997)].
An alternative approach to producing transgenic mice that have little or no Ztsgl gene expression is to generate mice having at least one normal Ztsgl allele replaced by a nonfunctional Ztsgl gene. One method of designing a nonfunctional Ztsgl gene is to insert another gene, such as a selectable marker gene, within a nucleic acid molecule that encodes murine Ztsgl. Standard methods for producing these so- called "knockout mice" are known to those skilled in the art [see, for example, Jacob, "Expression and Knockout of Interferons in Transgenic Mice," in Overexpression and Knockout of Cytokines in Transgenic Mice, Jacob (ed.), pages 111-124 (Academic Press, Ltd. 1994), and Wu et al, "New Strategies for Gene Knockout," in Methods in Gene Biotechnology, pages 339-365 (CRC Press 1997)]. RESEARCH TOOL UTILITY
The polynucleotides provided by the present invention can be used by the research community for various purposes. The polynucleotides can be used to express recombinant protein for analysis, characterization or therapeutic; as markers for tissues in which the corresponding protein is preferentially expressed (either constitutively or at a particular stage of tissue differentiation or development or disease states); as molecular weight markers on Southern gels; as chromosome markers (when labeled) to map related gene positions; to compare with endogenous DNA sequences in patients to identify potential genetic disorders; as probes to hybridize and thus discover novel, related DNA sequences; as a source of information to derive PCR primers for genetic fingerprinting; as a probe to "subtract-out" known sequences in the process of discovering other novel polynucleotides; to raise anti-protein antibodies using DNA immunization techniques; and as an antigen to raise anti-DNA antibodies or elicit another immune response. Where the polynucleotide encodes a protein which binds or potentially binds to another protein (such as, for example, in a receptor-ligand interaction), the polynucleotide can also be used in interaction trap assays [such as, for example, that described in Gyuris et al. Cell 75:791-803 (1993)] to identify polynucleotides encoding the other protein with which binding occurs or to identify inhibitors of the binding interaction.
The proteins provided by the present invention can similarly be used to raise antibodies or to elicit another immune response: as a reagent (including the labeled reagent) in assays designed to quantitatively determine levels of the protein (or its receptor) in biological fluids; as markers for tissues using labeled antibodies; and to isolate correlative receptors or ligands. Where the protein binds or potentially binds to another protein (such as, for example, in a receptor-ligand interaction), the protein can be used to identify the other protein with which binding occurs or to identify inhibitors of the binding interaction. Proteins involved in these binding interactions can also be used to screen for peptide or small molecule inhibitors or agonists of the binding interaction. Any or all of these "research tool" utilities are capable of being developed into reagent grade or kit format for commercialization as "research products".
Cytokine and Cell Proliferation/Differentiation Activity
A protein of the present invention may exhibit cytokine-cell proliferation (either inducing or inhibiting) or cell differentiation (either inducing or inhibiting)activity or may induce production of other cytokines in certain cell populations. Many protein factors discovered to date, including all know cytokines, have exhibited activity in one or more factor dependent cell proliferation assays, and hence the assays serve has a convenient confirmation of cytokine activity. The activity of a protein of the present invention is evidenced by any one of a number of routine factor dependent cell proliferation assays for cell lines including without limitation, 32D, DA2, DA1G, T10, B9, B9/11, BaF3, MC9/G, M+(preB M+), 2E8, RB5, DAI, 123, T1165, HT2, CTLL2, TF-1, Mo7e and CMK.
The activity of a protein of the invention may, among other means, be measured by assays for T-cell or thymocyte proliferation, assays for cytokine production or proliferation of spleen cells, lymph node cells or thymocytes, assays for proliferation and differentiation of hematopoietic and lymphopoietic cells, and assays for T-cell clone responses to antigens which will identify, among others, proteins that affect antigen-presenting cells (APC)/T-cell interactions as well as direct T-cell effects by measuring proliferation and cjrtokine production. Other immunological assays include assays for T-cell dependent immunoglobulin responses and isotjφe switching (which will identify, among others, proteins that modulate T-cell dependent antibody responses and that affect Thl/Th2 profiles); mixed lymphocyte reaction (MLR) assays (which will identify proteins that generate predominantly Thl and CTL responses); dendritic cell-dependent assays (which will identify, among others, proteins expressed a by dendritic cells that activate naive T-cells); assays for lymphocyte survival/apoptosis (which will identify proteins that prevent apoptosis after superantigen induction and proteins that regulate lymphocj'te homeostasis);assays for B cell function and assays for protein that influence early steps of T-cell commitment and development. The above- described assays are described in one or more of the following references: Current Protocols in Immunology, (John Wiley and Sons, Toronto, 1997); Takai et al, J. Immunol. 757:3494-3500 (1986); Bertagnolli et al. J. Immunol. 145:1106-1111 (1990); Bertagnolli et al, Cell. Immunol. 133:311-341 (1991); Bertagnolli et al, J. Immunol. 749:3778-3783 (1992); Bowman et al, J. Immunol. 752:1756-1761 (1994); de Vries et al, J. Exp. Med. 775:1205-1211 (1991); Moreau et al, Nature 556:690-692 (1988); Greenberger et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 80:2931-2938 (1983); Weinberger et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 77:6091-6095 (1980); Weinberger et al, Eur. J. Immunol. 77:405-411 (1981); Takai et al, J. Immunol. 740:508-512 (1988);
Maliszewski, J. Immunol. 144: 3028-3033 (1990); Herrmann et al, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci USA 78:24882492 (1981); Herrmann et al, J. Immunol. 728:1968-1974 (1982); Handa et al. J. Immunol. 755:1564-1572 (1985); Bowmanet et al, J. Virology 67:1992- 1998; Brown et al, J. Immunol. 153:3019-3091 (1994); Maliszewski, J. Immunol. 744:3028-3033 (1990); Guery et al J. Immunol. 134:536-544 (1995); Inaba et al, J. Exp. Med. 173:549-559 (1991); Macatonia et al, J. Immunol. 154:5011-5019 (1995); Porgador et al, J. Exp. Med. 782:255-260 (1995); Nair et al J. Virol. 67:4062-4069 (1993); Huang et al, Science 264:961-965 (1994); Macatonia et al, J. Exp. Med. 169:1255-1164 (1989); Bhardwaj et al, J. Clin. Invest. 94:797-807 (1994); Inaba et al, J. Exp. Med. 172:631-640 (1990); Darzynkiewicz et al, Cytometry 75:795-808 (1992);
Gorczyca et al, Leukemia 7:659-610 (1993); Gorczyca et al, Can. Res. 55:1945-1951 (1993); Itoh et al, Cell 66:233-243 (1991);Zacharchuk, J. Immunol. 745:4037-4045 (1990); Zamai et al. Cytometry 74:891-897 (1993); Gorczyca et al, Inter. J. Oncol. 7:639-648 (1992); Antica et al, Blood 84:111-117 (1994); Fine et al, Cell. Immunol. 755:111-122 (1994); Galy et al, Blood 85:2770-2778 (1995); and Toki et al, Proc. Natl. Acad Sci. USA 88:7548-7551 (1991).
Immune Stimulating/Suppressing Activity
A protein of the present invention may also exhibit immune stimulating or immune suppressing activity including, without limitation, the activities for which assays are described herein. A protein may be useful in the treatment of various immune deficiencies and disorders [including severe combined immunodeficiency (SCIC)], e.g., in regulating (up or down) growth and proliferation of T or B lymphocj es., as well as effecting the c ol ic activity of natural killer (NK) cells and other cell populations. These immune deficiencies may be genetic or by caused by viral as well as bacterial or fungal infections or may result from autoimmune disorders. The protein of the present invention by may possibly be used to treat such diseases or to boost the immune system.
Hematopoiesis The protein of the present invention may be useful in promoting hematopoiesis, including causing proliferation of red blood cells, megakaryocjrtes, and myeloid cells such as monocjrtes/macrophages. Assays for relating to stem cell growth or differentiation include: Freshney, M.G., in Culture of Hematopoietic Cells, Frshney, R.I. et al, Eds. (Wiley-Liss, Inc., New York, N.Y., 1994); Johansson et al. Cell. Bio. 75:141-151 (1995); Keller et al, Mol & Cell. Bio. 75:473-486 (1993); McClanahan et al, Blood 87:2903-2915 (1993); Hirayama et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:5907- 5911 (1992); and Neben et al, Exp. Hematol 22:353-359 (1994).
Tissue Regeneration or Repair The protein of the present invention may be used to repair or regenerate any number of different tissues including bone, ligaments, tendons, neurons and skin. Assays for tissue regeneration include those described in International Patent Publication No. WO95/16035 (bone, cartilage, tendon); WO95/05846 (neuron); and WO91/07491 (skin, endothelium).
Activin/Inhibin Activity
A protein of the present invention may also exhibit activin or inhibin related activities. Inhibin is a glycoprotein that circulates in plasma and inhibits gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH)-stimulated follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) secretion by the pituitary gland. Activin has the opposite action and stimulates
FSH secretion. Thus, the protein of the present invention may be useful as a contraceptive or as a based upon the ability of inhibins to decrease fertility in female mammals and decrease spermatogenesis in male mammals. Assays for activin/inhibin activity are described in the following: Vale et al, Endocrinology 91:561-511 (1972); Ling et al, Nature 321: 779-782 (1986); Vale et al, Nature 321:116-119 (1986); Mason et al, Nature 318:659-663 (1985); Forage et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:3091-3095 (1986).
Moreover, the activity and effect of Ztsgl, on tumor progression and metastasis can be measured in vivo. Several syngeneic mouse models have been developed to study the influence of poljφeptides, compounds or other treatments on tumor progression. In these models, tumor cells passaged in culture are implanted into mice of the same strain as the tumor donor. The cells will develop into tumors having similar characteristics in the recipient mice, and metastasis will also occur in some of the models. Appropriate tumor models for our studies include the Lewis lung carcinoma (ATCC No. CRL- 1642) and B16 melanoma (ATCC No. CRL-6323), amongst others. These are both commonly used tumor lines, syngeneic to the C57BL6 mouse, which are readily cultured and manipulated in vitro. Tumors resulting from implantation of either of these cell lines are capable of metastasis to the lung in C57BL6 mice. The Lewis lung carcinoma model has recently been used in mice to identify an inhibitor of angiogenesis [O'Reilly MS, et al. Cell 79: 315-328,(1994)]. C57BL6/J mice are treated with an experimental agent either through daily injection of recombinant protein, agonist or antagonist or a one-time injection of recombinant adenovirus. Three days following this treatment, 10 to 10 cells are implanted under the dorsal skin. Alternatively, the cells themselves may be infected with recombinant adenovirus, such as one expressing Ztsgl, before implantation so that the protein is synthesized at the tumor site or intracellular, rather than systemically. The mice normally develop visible tumors within 5 days. The tumors are allowed to grow for a
3 period of up to 3 weeks, during which time they may reach a size of 1500 - 1800 mm in the control treated group. Tumor size and body weight are carefully monitored throughout the experiment. At the time of sacrifice, the tumor is removed and weighed along with the lungs and the liver. The lung weight has been shown to correlate well with metastatic tumor burden. As an additional measure, lung surface metastases are counted. The resected tumor, lungs and liver are prepared for histopathological examination, immunohistochemistry, and in situ hybridization, using methods known in the art and described herein. The influence of the expressed poljφeptide in question, e.g., Ztsgl on the ability of the tumor to recruit vasculature and undergo metastasis can thus be assessed. In addition, aside from using adenovirus, the implanted cells can be transiently transfected with Ztsgl. Use of stable Ztsgl transfectants as well as use of inducible promoters to activate Ztsgl expression in vivo are known in the art and can be used in this system to assess Ztsgl induction of metastasis. For general reference see, O'Reilly MS, et al. Cell 79:315-328, (1994); and Rusciano D, et al. Murine Models of Liver Metastasis. Invasion Metastasis 74:349-361 (1995).
EDUCATIONAL KIT UTILITY OF ZTSG1 POLYPEPTIDES, POLYNUCLEOTIDES AND ANTIBODIES
Polynucleotides and polypeptides of the present invention will additionally find use as educational tools as a laboratory practicum kits for courses related to genetics and molecular biology, protein chemistry and antibody production and analysis. Due to its unique polynucleotide and polypeptide sequence molecules of Ztsgl can be used as standards or as "unknowns" for testing purposes. For example, Ztsgl polynucleotides can be used as an aid, such as, for example, to teach a student how to prepare expression constructs for bacterial, viral, and/or mammalian expression, including fusion constructs, wherein Ztsgl is the gene to be expressed; for determining the restriction endonuclease cleavage sites of the polynucleotides; determining mRNA and DNA localization of Ztsgl polynucleotides in tissues (i.e., by Northern and Southern blotting as well as polymerase chain reaction); and for identifying related polynucleotides and polypeptides by nucleic acid hybridization. Ztsgl polypeptides can be used educationally as an aid to teach preparation of antibodies; identifying proteins by Western blotting; protein purification; determining the weight of expressed Ztsgl polypeptides as a ratio to total protein expressed; identifying peptide cleavage sites; coupling amino and carboxyl terminal tags; amino acid sequence analysis, as well as, but not limited to monitoring biological activities of both the native and tagged protein (i.e., receptor binding, signal transduction, proliferation, and differentiation) in vitro and in vivo. Ztsgl polypeptides can also be used to teach analytical skills such as mass spectrometry, circular dichroism to determine conformation, in particular the locations of the disulfide bonds, x-ray crystallography to determine the three-dimensional structure in atomic detail, nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy to reveal the structure of proteins in solution. For example, a kit containing the Ztsgl can be given to the student to analyze. Since the amino acid sequence would be known by the professor, the protein can be given to the student as a test to determine the skills or develop the skills of the student, the teacher would then know whether or not the student has correctly analyzed the polypeptide. Since every polypeptide is unique, the educational utility of Ztsgl would be unique unto itself.
The antibodies which bind specifically to Ztsgl can be used as a teaching aid to instruct students how to prepare affinity chromatography columns to purify Ztsgl, cloning and sequencing the polynucleotide that encodes an antibody and thus as a practicum for teaching a student how to design humanized antibodies. The Ztsgl gene, polypeptide or antibody would then be packaged by reagent companies and sold to universities so that the students gain skill in art of molecular biology. Because each gene and protein is unique, each gene and protein creates unique challenges and learning experiences for students in a lab practicum. Such educational kits containing the Ztsgl gene, polypeptide, or antibody, are considered within the scope of the present invention.
From the foregoing, it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.

Claims

CLAIMS We claim:
1 . A polypeptide comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs:2-13.
2 . A polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-13.
3. A polynucleotide of claim 2 wherein the polynucleotide is comprised of SEQ ID NO: 1.
4. An antibody or antibody fragment which specifically binds to a polypeptide comprised of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-13.
5. An anti-idiotypic antibody which binds to an epitope of an antibody which specifically binds to a polypeptide comprised of a sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-13.
6. An educational kit comprised of an isolated polynucleotide that encodes a polypeptide, wherein said polypeptide is comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-13.
7. The educational kit of claim 6 wherein the kit further comprises an isolated polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide is comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-13.
8. The educational kit of claim 6 wherein the kit further comprises an antibody that selectively binds to a polypeptide, wherein the polypeptide is comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-13.
9. The educational kit of claim 6 wherein the kit is further comprised of an anti-idiotypic antibody that binds to an antibody that selectively binds to a polypeptide, wherein the poljφeptide is comprised of an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 2-13.
EP00983853A 1999-12-06 2000-12-01 Educational kit and method using tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene and protein Withdrawn EP1244699A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US45589599A 1999-12-06 1999-12-06
US455895 1999-12-06
PCT/US2000/032704 WO2001040258A2 (en) 1999-12-06 2000-12-01 Educational kit and method using tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene and protein

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP1244699A2 true EP1244699A2 (en) 2002-10-02

Family

ID=23810673

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP00983853A Withdrawn EP1244699A2 (en) 1999-12-06 2000-12-01 Educational kit and method using tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene and protein

Country Status (4)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1244699A2 (en)
AU (1) AU2056001A (en)
CA (1) CA2393527A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2001040258A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2001034621A1 (en) * 1999-11-12 2001-05-17 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Kringle domain-containing polynucleotides, polypeptides, and antibodies

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE69230136T2 (en) * 1991-01-14 2000-05-25 New York University, New York CYTOKIN-INDUCED PROTEIN, TSG-6, HIS DNA AND USE
US6107473A (en) * 1997-10-01 2000-08-22 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Kringle-related clone HTHBZ47
US6586389B1 (en) * 1998-01-22 2003-07-01 Administrators Of The Tulane Educational Fund Cubilin protein, DNA sequences encoding cubilin and uses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of WO0140258A3 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2393527A1 (en) 2001-06-07
WO2001040258A2 (en) 2001-06-07
WO2001040258A3 (en) 2002-01-24
AU2056001A (en) 2001-06-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7691585B2 (en) Human Zven polypeptides
WO2001036465A2 (en) Human zven proteins
WO2002014483A2 (en) Human adenosine deaminase
US20030017980A1 (en) Mammalian Wnt polypeptide-5
US20010036643A1 (en) Educational kit and method using tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene and protein
US20030077751A1 (en) Zvwf1: a member of the von Willebrand factor type a domain superfamily
EP1572883A2 (en) Human cytokine receptor
EP1244699A2 (en) Educational kit and method using tumor necrosis factor-stimulated gene and protein
US20030166049A1 (en) Human secreted protein, Zsig47
WO2001044281A2 (en) Human secretin-like g-protein coupled receptor
WO2000042184A1 (en) Zlrr3: a human leucine-rich repeat protein
US20020091239A1 (en) Human chemokine
EP1230363A2 (en) Educational kit and method using colipase-like protein-1
US20020142396A1 (en) Mammalian cystatin-8 and its use to inhibit cancer procoagulant protein
US20030143678A1 (en) Zlrr3: a human leucine-rich repeat protein
US20020150974A1 (en) Placental protein having multiple EGF-like domains
US20030170824A1 (en) Human chemokine
US20020155561A1 (en) Mammalian disulfide core protein-4
WO2001032707A1 (en) Human semaphorin
EP1117793A2 (en) Secretory protein - zsig48
WO2002032956A2 (en) Human cyclic nucleotide binding protein
EP1478752A2 (en) Human chemokine-13
WO2000063378A2 (en) Zalpha13: a human secreted protein
WO2001077152A2 (en) Mammalian disulfide core protein-4
WO2003000728A2 (en) Testis protein, zsig86

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20020619

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A2

Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE TR

AX Request for extension of the european patent

Free format text: AL;LT;LV;MK;RO;SI

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN

18D Application deemed to be withdrawn

Effective date: 20040701